Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
Series CM2
20, 25, 32, 40
Series Variations
Series
Action
Standard
Series CM2
Double
acting
Single
acting
Non-rotating Rod
Series
CM2K
Double
acting
Rod
Cushion
Single
rod
Rubber
Double
rod
Rubber
Single rod
(Spring return/
Spring extend)
Series
CM2R
Single
rod
Copper/
Fluorine-free
Bore
size
(mm)
CJ1
Page
CJP
CJ2
CM2
Air
CG1
Rubber
Rubber
Double
acting
Clean
series
146
Double
rod
Direct Mount
With
Air-hydro
rod boot
128
Rubber
Single
acting
Standard variations
Built-in
One-touch fitting
Air
Single
rod
Single rod
(Spring return/
Spring extend)
Basic
156
171
MB
MB1
Air
CA2
20
176
Air
CS1
25
32
Rubber
181
CS2
40
Rubber
186
Air
Direct Mount,
Non-rotating Rod
Series
CM2RK
Double
acting
Single
rod
Low Friction
Series
193
Rubber
,,
CM2Q
to realize
198
Centralized Piping
Series
CM2 P
Double
acting
Single
rod
Rubber
199
20
25
32
CBM2
Double
acting
Rubber
Single
rod
(Lock in head
rod only)
40
204
Air
D-
-X
Low-speed cylinder
Series
CM2X
Refer to Best
Pneumatics No. 3.
Individual
-X
Technical
data
125
Series CM2
,,
Series
Action/
Type
Cushion
Symbol
Specification
Standard
Standard
D
CM2F
CM2- KJ
CM2H
10-, 1120CM2 RV
CM2X
XB6
XB7
XB9
XB12
XB13
XC3
XC4
XC5
XC6
XC8
XC9
XC10
XC11
XC12
XC13
XC20
XC22
XC25
Built-in magnet
XC27
XC29
XC35
XC38
XC52
Applicable
bore size
CM2
(Standard)
Double acting
Single rod
Rubber
Air
Single acting
Double rod
Rubber
20 to 40
Air
Single rod
Rubber
CM2K
CM2R
(Not-rotating)
(Direct mount)
Double acting
Single rod
Rubber
Air
Double rod
Rubber
Air
CM2RK
CM2P
CM2Q
Single acting
Double acting
Double acting
Single rod
Single rod
Single rod
Single rod
Single rod
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Rubber
Air
CBM2
CM2X
Double acting
Double acting
Single rod
Single rod
Rubber
Air
Rubber
20 to 40
CJ1
CJP
CJ2
CM2
20 to 40
Clean series
Note 3)
CG1
Note 3)
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
CS2
Note 3)
Note 3)
Note 4)
Note 4)
20 to 40
Tandem cylinder
Auto switch rail mounting
Head cover axial port
Note 4)
Fluororubber seal
No fixed orifice of connecting port
Note 3)
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
126
127
Series
CM2
20, 25, 32, 40
How to Order
Mounting style
B
L
F
G
C
D
U
Basic style
Axial foot style
Rod side flange style
Head side flange style
Single clevis style
Double clevis style
Rod side trunnion style
Bore size
20
25
32
40
FZ
UZ
Cushion
Nil
A
20 mm
25 mm
Rubber bumper
Air cushion
32 mm
40 mm
Made to Order
(Refer to page 129 for details.)
CM2
L 40
150 A
CDM2
L 40
150 A
Nil
J
K
Pneumatic
Air-hydro
Number of
auto switches
Rod boot
Type
Nil
H
M9BW
Rc
None
Nylon tarpaulin
Heat resistant tarpaulin
NPT
Nil
S
n
2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.
Auto switch
Nil
Type
Special function
Electrical
entry
Indicator
light
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1263 to 1371 for further information on auto switches.
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Yes
Grommet
Grommet
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Yes
Reed switch
Grommet
No Yes No Yes No
Yes
Load voltage
Wiring
(Output)
DC
AC
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
5V, 12V
2-wire
12V
3-wire (NPN)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
24V
5V, 12V
12V
5V,12V
2-wire
12V
4-wire (NPN)
5V, 12V
3-wire
(NPN equivalent)
2-wire
24V
5V
12V
100V
100V or less
100V, 200V
200V or less
24V or less
Auto switch
model
M9N
M9P
M9B
H7C
G39A
K39A
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
H7BA
H7NF
A96
A93
A90
B54
B64
C73C
C80C
A33A
A34A
A44A
B59W
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
PLC
100V, 200V
Relay,
DIN terminal
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet
128
Series
CM2
Specifications
20
25
Type
32
40
Pneumatic
Action
Fluid
Air
Proof pressure
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.05 MPa
CJ1
Lubrication
CJP
Clevis integrated
JIS Symbol
Double acting,
Single rod
Piston speed
Cushion
Allowable
kinetic energy
CJ2
Rubber bumper
0.27 J
0.4 J
0.65 J
1.2 J
CM2
Air cushion
(Effective cushion length (mm))
0.54 J
(11.0)
0.78 J
(11.0)
1.27 J
(11.0)
2.35 J
(11.8)
CG1
MB
Standard Stroke
Made to Order Specifications
(For details, refer to pages 1373 to 1498.)
Symbol
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
Specifications
32
XB7
XB9
XC4
XC5
XC6
XC8
XC9
MB1
Maximum stroke
(mm)
CA2
1000
CS1
1500
2000
40
CS2
2000
Boss-cut style
Boss for the head side cover bracket
is eliminated and the total length of
cylinder is shortened.
(mm)
Nylon tarpaulin
Mounting style
Maximum ambient
temperature
20
25
32
40
Axial foot
CM-L020B
CM-L032B
Flange
CM-F020B
CM-F032B
CM-F040B 1 flange
Single clevis
Double clevis
(with pins)
CM-C020B
CM-C032B
CM-D020B
CM-D032B
CM-D040B
CM-T020B
CM-T032B
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
129
Series
CM2
Standard equipment
Option
(3)
Mounting
Basic style
Axial foot style
Rod side flange style
Head side flange style
Clevis integrated style
Single clevis style
(3)
Double clevis style
Rod side trunnion style
Head side trunnion style
Boss-cut basic style
Boss-cut flange style
Boss-cut trunnion style
(4)
(6)
Rod
boot
(7)
Pivot
Pivot
bracket bracket
pin
(1)
(1)
Operating Precautions
(5)
(2)
Warning
(2)
Mounting
bracket
Accessory
Component parts
Foot
Flange
Single clevis
Double clevis
Trunnion
Rod end nut
Mounting nut
Trunnion nut
Clevis bracket
Clevis pin
Single knuckle joint
Material
Rolled steel plate
Rolled steel plate
Rolled steel
Rolled steel
Cast iron
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Rolled steel plate
Carbon steel
Rolled steel
40: Sulfur easy chipping steel
Rolled steel
40: Cast iron
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Rolled steel plate
Carbon steel
Surface treatment
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Electroless nickel plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
(None)
Caution
1. Not able to disassemble.
Mass
130
(1)
Note 1) Mounting nuts are not attached for clevis integrated style, single clevis, and double
clevis styles.
Note 2) Trunnion nuts are attached for rod side trunnion and head side trunnion styles.
Note 3) Knuckle pin and snap ring (cotter pin for 40) are shipped together with double clevis
and double knuckle joint.
Note 4) Pin and snap ring are shipped together with clevis bracket.
Note 5) Clevis pins come with retaining rings (cotter pins for 40).
Note 6) Pivot brackets do not come with pins and retaining rings.
Note 7) Pivot bracket pins come with retaining rings.
Segment
Precautions
(kg)
20
25
32
40
0.14
0.29
0.20
0.12
0.18
0.19
0.18
0.13
0.19
0.17
0.04
0.07
0.06
0.07
0.06
0.02
0.21
0.37
0.30
0.19
0.25
0.27
0.28
0.19
0.28
0.26
0.06
0.07
0.06
0.07
0.06
0.02
0.28
0.44
0.37
0.27
0.32
0.33
0.34
0.26
0.35
0.32
0.08
0.14
0.06
0.07
0.06
0.02
0.56
0.83
0.68
0.52
0.65
0.69
0.66
0.53
0.65
0.63
0.13
0.14
0.23
0.20
0.06
0.03
Air-hydro
Series
CM2
Stroke
Rod boot
Air-hydro
A low hydraulic pressure cylinder used at a pressures of 1.0 MPa
or below.
Through the concurrent use of a CC series air-hydro unit, it is
possible to operate at a constant or low speeds or to effect an
intermediate stop, just like a hydraulic unit, while using
pneumatic equipment such as a valve.
Stroke
CJ1
CJP
CJ2
Specifications
Type
Fluid
Action
Bore size (mm)
Proof pressure
Max. operating pressure
Min. operating pressure
Piston speed
Ambient and fluid temperature
Stroke length tolerance
Cushion
Mounting
Specifications
Air-hydro
Turbine oil
Double acting single rod
20, 25, 32, 40
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.18 MPa
15 to 300 mm/s
+5 to +60C
+1.4
mm
0
Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)
Basic style, Axial foot style, Rod side flange style,
Head side flange style, Single clevis style, Double clevis
style, Rod side trunnion style, Head side trunnion style,
Clevis integrated style, Boss-cut style
Auto switch can be mounted. Dimensions are the same as standard type
of series CM2.
Action
Bore size (mm)
CG1
1.0 MPa
0.05 MPa
Cushion
MB
Rubber bumper
Piping
MB1
One-touch fittings
Piston speed
50 to 750 mm/s
Basic style, Axial foot style, Rod side flange style,
Head side flange style, Single clevis style, Double clevis
style, Rod side trunnion style, Head side trunnion style,
Clevis integrated style, Boss-cut style
CA2
CS1
CS2
20
25
32
40
Applicable tubing
O.D./I.D. (mm)
6/4
6/4
6/4
8/6
Mounting
CM2
Caution
1. One-touch fitting cannot be replaced.
One-touch fitting is press-fit into the cover, thus cannot be replaced.
2. Refer to Fittings and Tubing Precautions (Best Pneumatics No. 6) for
handling one-touch fittings.
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
131
Series
CM2
Copper/Fluorine-free
Clean Series
10-CM2 Mounting style Bore size
Stroke
Stroke
Copper/fluorine-free
The type which is applicable for using inside the clean room
graded Class 100 by making an actuators rod section a double
seal construction and discharging by relief port directly to the
outside of clean room.
Specifications
Specifications
Action
Action
1.0 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.05 MPa
0.05 MPa
Cushion
M5 x 0.8
Piston speed
Cushion
Piston speed
30 to 400 mm/s
Mounting
Basic style, Axial foot style, Rod side flange style,
Head side flange style, Boss-cut style
Mounting
Construction
Construction
Standard port
Relief port
20, 25
Standard port
Relief port
Relief port
32, 40
For details, refer to the separate catalog, Pneumatic Clean Series.
132
Air cushion
50 to 750 mm/s
50 to 1000 mm/s
Rubber bumper
Series
CM2
Water Resistant
CDM2 Mounting style Bore size Port thread type R
Specifications
Double acting, Single rod
Action
Cushion
Band mounting
Made to Order
Specifications other than the above are the same as the standard basic type.
CJ1
Cushion
Nil
A
Dimensions
CJP
Rubber bumper
Air cushion
CJ2
Made to Order
CM2
CG1
E2
E1
NN2
NN1
0
0
M22 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
220.033
200.033
Other dimensions are the same as double acting, single rod, standard
type. (: Same as the standard.)
MB
20
Caution
Rod seal and scraper is not replaceable.
Scraper is press-fit into the rod cover, thus cannot be replaced.
Details
Flange
CM-F020C 1 flange
MB1
CA2
CS1
CS2
Page 895
Low-speed Cylinder
CM2 X Mounting style Bore size
Stroke
Low-speed Cylinder
Specifications
20, 25, 32, 40
Pneumatic
Action
Fluid
Air
Proof pressure
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.025 MPa
Cushion
Piston Speed
Bore size (mm)
20
25
32
40
0.5 to 300
0.27
0.4
0.65
1.2
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
133
Series
CM2
Rubber bumper
Boss-cut style
Air-hydro
Component Parts
No.
1
2A
2B
2C
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Description
Rod cover
Head cover A
Head cover B
Head cover C
Cylinder tube
Piston
Piston rod
Bushing
Material
Aluminum alloy
Aluminum alloy
Aluminum alloy
Aluminum alloy
Stainless steel
Note
Clear anodized
Clear anodized
Clear anodized
Clear anodized
Chromated
Aluminum alloy
Hard chrome plated
Carbon steel
Copper oil-impregnated sintered alloy
Seal retainer
Retaining ring
Bumper A
Stainless steel
Carbon steel
Urethane
Bumper B
Retaining ring
Urethane
Stainless steel
Description
Material
Note
Clevis bushing
Piston seal
Piston gasket
Wear ring
Mounting nut
Rod end nut
Nickel plated
Carbon steel
Nickel plated
Phosphate coated
134
No.
12
13
14
15
16
17
No.
18
Description Material
Rod seal
NBR
Part no.
20
PDU-8Z
25
32
40
Air-hydro
Rod seal
18
NBR
HDU-8
HDU-10
HDU-12L
HDU-14
Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)
CM2
Series
Stroke
G
2 x NN
MM
AL
A
K
H
NA
2 x Eh8
H1
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
CJ1
NA
CJP
S + Stroke
CJ2
ZZ + Stroke
CM2
With rod boot
8
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
WA
45
WA
CG1
MB
JH
MB1
CA2
N1
f
h
ZZ + Stroke
N1
CS1
JW
CS2
Built-in One-touch fittings
Boss-cut style
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Bore size
AL
B1
B2
FL
H1
H2
KA
MM
NA
NN
20
18
15.5
13
26
20 00.033
13
10.5
41
28
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
25
22
19.5
17
32
10
26 00.033
13
10.5
45
33.5 5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
26 00.033
32 00.039
13
10.5
45
37.5 5.5
10
M10 x 1.25
15
16
13.5
11
50
10
46.5
12
M14 x 1.5
21.5 42.5
32
22
19.5
17
32
12
40
24
21
22
41
14
M32 x 2
ZZ
62
116
62
120
64
122
88
154
(mm)
Symbol
ZZ
h
l
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
B3
20
30
36
18
68
81
93
106
131
156
181 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
143
156
168
181
206
231
256
25
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135
160
185 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
147
160
172
185
210
235
260
32
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135
160
185 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
149
162
174
187
212
237
262
40
41
46
20
77
90
102
115
140
165
190 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
181
194
206
219
244
269
294
Str
oke
Bore size
JH
(mm)
Boss-cut Style
JW
20
23.5 10.5
25
23.5 10.5
32
23.5 10.5
40
27
10.5
(mm)
ZZ
With rod boot
(mm)
(mm)
Bore size
N1
WA
Bore size
20
17.5
13
20
21.5
101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
25
17.5
13
25
24.5
32
17.5
13
32
27
40
21.5
16
40
11
32.5
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
135
Series
CM2
F G
H2
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
Width across
2 x NN
(Effective thread length 2 x FL)
G F
A
AL
H1
2 x LC
flats B2
4 x LD
MM
Y
N
LT
LH
Stroke
LX
LZ
JH
f
h
ZZ + Stroke
JW
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
WA
45
WA
N1
N1
(mm)
Bore size
A AL B B1 B2 D
F FL G
H H1 H2
K KA LC LD LH LS LT LX LZ
MM
N NA
NN
20
18 15.5 40 13 26 8 13 10.5 8 41 5
8 28 5
25
22 19.5 47 17 32 10 13 10.5 8 45 6
8 33.5 5.5 8
32
22 19.5 47 17 32 12 13 10.5 8 45 6
8 37.5 5.5 10 4 6.8 28 104 3.2 40 55 M10 x 1.25 15 34.5 M26 x 1.5
40
24 21 54 22 41 14 16 13.5 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 4
Z ZZ
62 20 8 21 131
62 20 8 25 135
64 20 8 25 137
88 23 10 27 171
(mm)
l
Z
h
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
B3
20
30
36
19.2
68
81
93
106
131
156
181 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
48
61
73
86
111
136
161
25
32
36
19.2
72
85
97
110
135
160
185 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
52
65
77
90
115
140
165
32
32
36
19.2
72
85
97
110
135
160
185 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
52
65
77
90
115
140
165
40
41
46
21.2
77
90
102
115
140
165
190 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
54
67
79
92
117
142
167
Str
oke
Bore size
oke
Bore size
(mm)
ZZ
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
JH
JW
(mm)
(mm)
Bore size
N1
WA
Bore size
20
17.5
13
20
21.5
24.5
20
158
171
183
196
221
246
271
23.5 10.5
25
17.5
13
25
25
162
175
187
200
225
250
275
23.5 10.5
32
17.5
13
32
27
32
164
177
189
202
227
252
277
23.5 10.5
40
21.5
16
40
11
32.5
40
198
211
223
236
261
286
311
136
27
10.5
CM2
Series
2 x FD
Mounting
hole
40
MM
FX
Width across
flats KA
FZ
H1
H2
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
2 x NN
E
I
FY
C2
4 x FD
Mounting hole
AL
A
20 to 32
Effective thread
length 2 x FL
1.5
FT
N
K
Z
H
CJ1
CJP
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
CJ2
CM2
Boss-cut style
CG1
MB
JH
MB1
ZZ + Stroke
f
h
ZZ + Stroke
CA2
JW
CS1
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
45
WA
WA
N1
N1
G
CS2
(mm)
Bore size
A AL B
B1 B2 C2
18 15.5 34 13 26 30
20
F FL FD FT FX FY FZ G H H1 H2 I K KA MM
13 10.5 7 4 60 75 8 41 5 8 28 5 6 M8 x 1.25
13 10.5 7 4 60 75 8 45 6 8 33.5 5.5 8 M10 x 1.25
13 10.5 7 4 60 75 8 45 6 8 37.5 5.5 10 M10 x 1.25
32
8 20 0.033
22 19.5 40 17 32 37 10 26 00.033
22 19.5 40 17 32 37 12 26 00.033
40
25
66 36 82 11 50
10 46.5
N NA
NN
15 24 M20 x 1.5
15 30 M26 x 1.5
Z ZZ
62 37 116
62 41 120
64 41 122
88 45 154
(mm)
Symbol
ZZ
B3
20
30
36
20
68
81
93
106
131
156
181 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
143
156
168
181
206
231
256
25
32
36
20
72
85
97
110
135
160
185 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
147
160
172
185
210
235
260
32
32
36
20
72
85
97
110
135
160
185 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
149
162
174
187
212
237
262
40
41
46
23
77
90
102
115
140
165
190 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
181
194
206
219
244
269
294
Str
oke
Bore size
JH
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
Boss-cut Style
20
23.5 10.5
25
23.5 10.5
32
23.5 10.5
40
27
10.5
(mm)
ZZ
With rod boot
JW
109
40
138
(mm)
(mm)
Bore size
N1
WA
Bore size
20
17.5
13
20
21.5
25
17.5
13
25
24.5
32
17.5
13
32
27
40
21.5
16
40
11
32.5
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
137
CM2
Series
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
MM
Width
across flats KA
H2
2 x FD
Mounting hole
AL
A
K
H
FX
FZ
N
FT
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
8
4 x FD
Mounting hole
E
D
H1 2 x NN
FY
C2
40
20 to 32
JH
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
f
h
ZZ + Stroke
JW
WA
45
WA
N1
N1
G
(mm)
Bore size
AL
B1
B2
C2
20
18
15.5
34
13
26
30
20 0.033
25
22
19.5
40
17
32
37
10
26 0.033
32
22
19.5
40
17
32
37
12
26 0.033
40
24
21
52
22
41
47.3
14
32 0.039
Bore size
KA
MM
NA
NN
20
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
25
5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
32
5.5
10
M10 x 1.25
15
34.5
M26 x 1.5
40
12
M14 x 1.5
21.5
42.5
M32 x 2
FZ
H1
H2
60
FY
75
41
28
60
75
45
33.5
60
75
45
37.5
66
36
82
11
50
10
46.5
FL
FD
FT
FX
13
10.5
13
10.5
13
10.5
16
13.5
(mm)
ZZ
Bore size
N1
WA
Bore size
62
107
116
20
17.5
13
20
21.5
62
111
120
25
17.5
13
25
24.5
64
113
122
32
17.5
13
32
27
88
143
154
40
21.5
16
40
11
32.5
(mm)
(mm)
Symbol
ZZ
B3
20
30
36
18
68
81
93
106
131
156
181 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
143
156
168
181
206
231
256
25
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135
160
185 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
147
160
172
185
210
235
260
32
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135
160
185 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
149
162
174
187
212
237
262
40
41
46
20
77
90
102
115
140
165
190 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
181
194
206
219
244
269
294
Str
oke
Bore size
(mm)
Bore size
JH
JW
20
23.5
10.5
25
23.5
10.5
32
23.5
10.5
40
27
10.5
138
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
Series
CM2
H1 NN
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
E
D
CI
+ 0.058
0
NA
AL
A
MM
Width across flats KA
CJ1
CX 0.1
0.2
K
H
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
CJP
NA
U
RR
CJ2
CM2
CG1
JH
MB
MB1
f
h
ZZ + Stroke
CA2
JW
WA
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
45
WA
N1
CS1
CS2
N1
(mm)
Bore size
AL B1
FL
H1
20 0.033 13 10.5
0
10 10 26 0.033 13 10.5
41
28
45
33.5 5.5
45
16 13.5 11 50
CI CD CX
20
18 15.5 13 24
25
22 19.5 17 30
10
10 12 26
24 21 22 38 10 15 14 32
22 19.5 17 30
32
40
0
0.033
0
0.039
13 10.5
K KA
46.5
MM
N NA
NN
RR
62 14 133 142
62 14 137 146
64 14 139 148
11 88 18 177 188
(mm)
Symbol
Str
ZZ
B3
20
30
36
18
68
81
93
106
131
156
181 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
160
173
185
198
223
248
273
25
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135
160
185 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
164
177
189
202
227
252
277
32
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135
160
185 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
166
179
191
204
229
254
279
40
41
46
20
77
90
102
115
140
165
190 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
204
217
229
242
267
292
317
oke
Bore size
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
oke
(mm)
ZZ
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
JH
JW
(mm)
(mm)
Bore size
N1
WA
Bore size
20
17.5
13
20
21.5
20
169
182
194
207
232
257
282
23.5 10.5
25
17.5
13
25
24.5
25
173
186
198
211
236
261
286
23.5 10.5
32
17.5
13
32
27
32
175
188
200
213
238
263
288
23.5 10.5
40
21.5
16
40
11
32.5
40
215
228
240
253
278
303
328
Bore size
27
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
10.5
139
Series
CM2
Stroke
+ 0.058
0
CD hole H10
G Axis d9 0.040
0.076
G 2xP
H1 NN
CL
I
E
D
CI
NA
(Rc, NPT, G)
AL
A K
H
MM
Width across flats KA
CX
CZ
NA
N
L
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
RR
JH
f
h
ZZ + Stroke
JW
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
WA
45
WA
N1
N1
(mm)
Bore size
A AL B1 CD CI CL CX CZ D
F FL G
H1
8 20 00.033 13 10.5 8
30 25 10 19 10 26 00.033 13 10.5 8
30 25 10 19 12 26 00.033 13 10.5 8
41
28
45
6 33.5 5.5 8
45
20
18 15.5 13
25
22 19.5 17
32
22 19.5 17
40
24 25 10 19
K KA L
5
8 46.5 7
MM
N NA
NN
P RR S
Z ZZ
62 14 133 142
62 14 137 146
64 14 139 148
11 88 18 177 188
Clevis pin and snap ring (cotter pin for bore size 40) are shipped together.
(mm)
Symbol
B3
20
30
36
18
68
81
93
106
131
156
181 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
160
173
185
198
223
248
273
25
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135
160
185 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
164
177
189
202
227
252
277
32
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135
160
185 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
166
179
191
204
229
254
279
40
41
46
20
77
90
102
115
140
165
190 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
204
217
229
242
267
292
317
Str
oke
Bore size
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
Bore size
(mm)
ZZ
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
JH
JW
(mm)
(mm)
Bore size
N1
WA
Bore size
20
17.5
13
20
21.5
24.5
20
169
182
194
207
232
257
282
23.5 10.5
25
17.5
13
25
25
173
186
198
211
236
261
286
23.5 10.5
32
17.5
13
32
27
32
175
188
200
213
238
263
288
23.5 10.5
40
21.5
16
40
11
32.5
40
215
228
240
253
278
303
328
140
27
10.5
Series
CM2
AL
A
CJ1
TT
K
Z
H
CJP
N
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
CJ2
CM2
Boss-cut style
2 x NN
E
I
MM
TX
TZ
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
TY
TD
CG1
JH
MB
MB1
ZZ + Stroke
f
h
ZZ + Stroke
JW
CA2
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
45
WA
WA
CS1
CS2
N1
N1
G
(mm)
Bore size
20
25
32
40
Bore size
20
25
32
40
A
18
22
22
24
AL
15.5
19.5
19.5
21
S
62
62
64
88
TD
8
9
9
10
B1
13
17
17
22
TT
10
10
10
11
B2
26
32
32
41
TX
32
40
40
53
D
8
10
12
14
E
20 00.033
26 00.033
26 00.033
32 00.039
TY
32
40
40
53
TZ
52
60
60
77
F
13
13
13
16
Z
36
40
40
44.5
FL
10.5
10.5
10.5
13.5
G
8
8
8
11
H
41
45
45
50
Symbol
Str
oke
20
25
32
40
1 to 50 51 to 100
12.5 25
12.5 25
12.5 25
12.5 25
l
101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300
37.5 50
75
37.5 50
75
37.5 50
75
37.5 50
75
301 to 400
100
100
100
100
(mm)
ZZ
Bore size
20
25
32
40
Without
rod boot 1 to 50
130
103
134
107
136
109
165
138
51 to 100
143
147
149
178
301 to 400
218
222
224
253
401 to 500
243
247
249
278
KA
6
8
10
12
MM
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.25
M10 x 1.25
M14 x 1.5
N
15
15
15
21.5
NA
24
30
34.5
42.5
NN
M20 x 1.5
M26 x 1.5
M26 x 1.5
M32 x 2
B3
30
32
32
41
36
36
36
46
25
25
25
26
401 to 500
176
180
180
184.5
1 to 50
143
147
149
181
51 to 100
156
160
162
194
Str
Bore size
oke
20
25
32
40
Z
151 to 200
101
105
105
109.5
201 to 300
126
130
130
134.5
301 to 400
151
155
155
159.5
P
1
1
1
1
8
8
8
4
(mm)
Symbol
Boss-cut Style
K
5
5.5
5.5
7
(mm)
ZZ
116
120
122
154
I
28
33.5
37.5
46.5
H1
5
6
6
8
(mm)
N1
WA
17.5
17.5
17.5
21.5
13
13
13
16
101 to 150
168
172
174
206
ZZ
151 to 200
181
185
187
219
h
151 to 200
106
110
110
115
201 to 300
206
210
212
244
201 to 300
131
135
135
140
301 to 400
231
235
237
269
301 to 400
156
160
160
165
401 to 500
256
260
262
294
JH JW
23.5
23.5
23.5
27
401 to 500
181
185
185
190
(mm)
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
(mm)
8
8
8
11
6
6
6
8
21.5
24.5
27
32.5
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
141
Series
CM2
2 x NN
E
D
TD
TY
MM
AL
A
K
H
TX
TZ
TT
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
8
JH
f
h
ZZ + Stroke
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
JW
WA
N1
N1
G
45
WA
(mm)
Bore size
AL
B1
B2
20
18
15.5
13
26
20 0.033
25
22
19.5
17
32
10
26 0.033
32
22
19.5
17
32
12
26 0.033
40
24
21
22
41
14
32 0.039
FL
H1
KA
MM
NA
NN
13
10.5
41
28
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
13
10.5
45
33.5
5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
13
10.5
45
37.5
5.5
10
M10 x 1.25
15
34.5
M26 x 1.5
16
13.5
11
50
46.5
12
M14 x 1.5
21.5
42.5
M32 x 2
(mm)
S
TD
TT
TX
TY
TZ
ZZ
20
62
10
32
32
52
108
118
25
62
10
40
40
60
112
122
32
64
10
40
40
60
114
40
88
10
11
53
53
77
143.5
oke
8
4
B3
20
30
36
18
68
81
93
106
131
156
181
124
25
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135
160
185
154
32
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135
160
185
40
41
46
20
77
90
102
115
140
165
190
Str
oke
Bore size
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
(mm)
Symbol
Str
(mm)
Symbol
Bore size
ZZ
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
JH JW
20
12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
135
148
160
173
198
223
248
145
158
170
183
208
233
25
12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
139
152
164
177
202
227
252
149
162
174
187
212
237
32
12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
141
154
166
179
204
229
254
151
164
176
189
214
239
40
12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
194
206
219
244
269
294
(mm)
Bore size
N1
WA
Bore size
20
17.5
13
20
21.5
25
17.5
13
25
24.5
32
17.5
13
32
27
40
21.5
16
40
11
32.5
142
27
10.5
Series
CM2
H
A K
AL
H1
N
G
LP
L RR
U
N
G
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
CD
NA
CX 001
+ 0.058
0
MM
Width across flats B1
2 x LD
NN
CJ1
CJP
LH
E
D
CI
LZ + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
Z + Stroke
S + Stroke
NA
CJ2
LF
LT
LG
LY
CM2
LV
Refer to page 145 for details
of clevis pivot bracket.
CG1
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
WA
MB1
45
WA
MB
CA2
JH
CS1
N1
f
h
ZZ + Stroke
N1
CS2
JW
(mm)
F
FL
H1
13
10.5
41
13
10.5
45
13
10.5
45
16
13.5
11
50
Bore size
AL
B1
CD
CI
CX
20
18
15.5
13
20
12
20 0.033
25
22
19.5
17
22
12
10
26 0.033
32
22
19.5
17
10
27
20
12
26 0.033
40
24
21
22
10
33
20
14
32 0.039
20
25
32
40
RR
62
62
12
64
12
88
KA
MM
NA
NN
28
12
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
33.5
5.5
12
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
37.5
5.5
10
15
M10 x 1.25
15
46.5
12
15
(mm)
Bore size
B3
20
30
36
18
68
81
93
106
131
156
181
25
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135
160
185
32
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135
160
185
40
41
46
20
77
90
102
115
140
165
190
Str
oke
Bore size
M32 x 2
(mm)
Symbol
ZZ
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
(mm)
Symbol
Str
Bore size
oke
ZZ
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
JH
JW
20
12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
142
155
167
180
205
230
255
151
164
176
189
214
239
25
12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
146
159
171
184
209
234
259
155
168
180
193
218
243
32
12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
151
164
176
189
214
239
264
163
176
188
201
226
251
40
12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
180
193
205
218
243
268
293
192
205
217
230
255
280
319
(mm)
27
10.5
(mm)
Bore size
N1
WA
Bore size
Bore size
LD
LF
LG
LH
LP
LT
LV
LY
LZ
20
17.5
13
20
21.5
20
6.8
15
30
30
37
3.2
18.4
59
152
25
17.5
13
25
24.5
25
6.8
15
30
30
37
3.2
18.4
59
156
32
17.5
13
32
27
32
15
40
40
50
28
75
174
40
21.5
16
40
11
32.5
40
15
40
40
50
28
75
203
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
143
CM2
Series
(mm)
I-020B/032B
Y (Max.)
MM
(mm)
I-040B
R1
ND
MM
U1
H
Z (Min.)
R2
Bore size
20
25, 32
40
ND
E1
NX
NX1
A1
L1
A
R1
E1
MM
U1
A1
L1
A
U1
NX
MM
NDH10
NX1
U1
R2
Part no.
Applicable
bore size
A A1 E1 L1
NDH10
NX
R1 U1
9 + 00.058
9 + 00.058
12 + 00.070
9 0.1
0.2
9 0.1
0.2
16 0.1
0.3
14
10
11
66
9 0.1
0.2
10 14
10
14
69
9 0.1
0.2
10 14
20
14
13
92
20
25, 32
40
46 16 20 36 M8 x 1.25 9 + 00.058
14
I-020B
I-032B
I-040B
18
41
M8 x 1.25
22
45
M10 x 1.25
24
50
M14 x 1.5
MM
(mm)
Y (Max.)
MM
Axis d9
NX2
L
A
U2
H
Z (Min.)
R2
Bore size
MM
ND
NX2
R2
U2
20
25, 32
40
18
41
25
M8 x 1.25
9 + 0.2
0.1
10
14
11
66
22
45
25
M10 x 1.25
9 + 0.2
0.1
10
14
14
69
24
50
12
16 ++ 0.3
0.1
13
25
13
92
(mm)
Y-040B
R1
MM
R1
ND hole H10
ND hole H10
MM
Axis d9
A1
NX
NZ
L
E1
NX
NZ
L
E 1
Axis d9
U1
L1
A
A1
U1
L1
A
Retaining ring
Cotter pin
Part no.
Applicable
bore size
A1
E1
L1
MM
ND
NX
NZ
R1
U1
Applicable pin
part number
Y-020B
Y-032B
Y-040B
20
46
16
20
25
36
M8 x 1.25
9 + 0.2
0.1
18
14
CDP-1
25, 32
48
18
20
25
38
M10 x 1.25
9 + 0.2
0.1
18
14
CDP-1
40
68
22
24
49.7
55
M14 x 1.5
12
16 ++ 0.3
0.1
38
13
25
CDP-3
3 x 18 l
size
Clevis pin and retaining ring (cotter pin for 40) are attached.
2 x 3
Through hole
Bore size/40
CDP-3
2 x 3
Through hole
144
Cotter pin
3 x 18 l
(mm)
CDP-1
Bore size/40
CDP-2
(mm)
Cotter pin
3 x 18 l
(mm)
Series
CM2
(mm)
LR
NT-02
NT-03
NT-04
20
25, 32
40
LT
Applicable
bore size
LF
LE
LH
+
LC hole + 0.15
0.05
Axis 0.040
0.076
Part no.
L
LV
LX
CJ1
LG
CJP
2 x LD
LY
CJ2
Mounting Nut
(mm)
Material: Carbon steel
Part no.
Applicable
bore size
20
SN-020B
SN-032B 25, 32
40
SN-040B
CM-E020B
CM-E032B
20, 25
32, 40
24.5
6.8
22
15
30
30
10
3.2
12
59 18.4
CD-S02
34
10
25
15
40
40
13
20
75
CD-S03
LC LD LE LF LG LH LR LT LX LY LV Applicable pin
part no.
26
30
32
37
8
m
MB1
CA2
(mm)
CS1
l
L
CS2
Applicable
retaining
ring part no.
Part no.
Applicable
bore size
Dd9
CD-S02
CD-S03
20, 25
32, 40
8 0.040
0.076
7.6
24.5
19.5
1.6
0.9
10 0.040
0.076
9.6
34
29
1.35
1.15
CG1
Trunnion Nut
CM2
MB
(mm)
28
d
D
Applicable
bore size
Note 1) Clevis pins and retaining rings (cotter pins for 40) are attached.
Note 2) It cannot be used for single clevis style (CM2C) and double clevis style (CM2D).
Part no.
Part no.
Applicable
bore size
20
TN-020B
TN-032B 25, 32
40
TN-040B
26
10
32
10
41
45 40.5 M32 x 2
10
Regarding mounting bracket, accessory made of stainless steel (Some are not available.), refer to page 1408 for -XB12, External stainless steel cylinder.
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
145
CM2
Series
Single Clevis
Z + Stroke
CX
CD
90
51
40
3.2
6.8
20.5
40
57
7.5
LX
LZ
6.8 x 3.4
Rotation Angle
(mm)
Bore size
(mm)
A + B + 90
20
25, 32
40
25
21
26
85
81
86
200
192
202
Mounting
CM2C
(Single clevis
style)
Part no.
20
25
32
40
CM-B032
CM-B040
Z + Stroke
133
137
139
177
10
15
CD
LX
LZ
44
60
10
49
65
Note) Pivot brackets do not come with pivot bracket pins and retaining rings.
TX
TX
Z + Stroke
CD
51
40
3.2
3.2
40
51
CD
6.8
LX
LZ
6.8 x 3.4
20.5
7.5
20.5
40
57
6.8 x 3.4
6.8
7.5
40
57
LX
LZ
(mm)
Part no.
TX
CM-B020
20
25
32
40
32
40
40
53
44.5
Mounting
CM2U/CM2T
(Rod side/Head side
trunnion)
CM-B032
CM-B040
CD
LX
LZ
66
82
74
90
10
87
103
Note) Pivot brackets do not come with pivot bracket pins and retaining rings.
Pivot Bracket
3.
CD +0.15
+0.05
11
40
5.2
5.2
40
.8
3.2
28
28
(mm)
Applicable
Part no.
bore size
(mm)
145-1
57
57
Part no.
CM-B020 (2)
CM-B032
CM-B040
Dd9
11
CD +0.15
+0.05
3.
25
3.
17 0.2
7.5
170.2
6.8
3.
25
.8
40
3.4
6.8
3.4
R
3.2
7.5
6
CD
8
9
10
Dd9
Applicable
retaining
ring part no.
Series
CM2W
20, 25, 32, 40
How to Order
Cushion
Rubber bumper
Nil
Air cushion
Air-hydro cylinder: Rubber
bumber only
Mounting style
B
L
F
U
Bore size
Basic style
Flange style
Nil
Pneumatic
Trunnion style
Air-hydro
20
25
32
40
Type
20 mm
L 40
150 A
Rc
M9BW
Made to Order
CDM2W
Nil
40 mm
150 A
TN
TF
F
J
JJ
K
KK
32 mm
L 40
None
Nylon tarpaulin (One end)
25 mm
CM2W
With auto switch
(Built-in magnet)
Rod boot
Nil
Auto switch
Number of
auto switches
Nil
2 pcs.
S
n
n pcs.
1 pc.
Type
Special function
Electrical
entry
Indicator
light
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1263 to 1371 for further information on auto switches.
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Yes
Grommet
Grommet
DC
5V, 12V
2-wire
12V
3-wire (NPN)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
24V
No Yes No Yes No
Yes
Terminal
conduit
Yes
Connector
3-wire
(NPN equivalent)
2-wire
5V, 12V
12V
5V,12V
12V
4-wire (NPN)
Grommet
AC
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
Reed switch
Load voltage
Wiring
(Output)
5V, 12V
24V
5V
12V
100V
100V or less
100V, 200V
200V or less
24V or less
Auto switch
model
M9N
M9P
M9B
H7C
G39A
K39A
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
H7BA
H7NF
A96
A93
A90
B54
B64
C73C
C80C
A33A
A34A
A44A
B59W
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
PLC
100V, 200V
Relay,
DIN terminal
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet
Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order.
Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m Nil (Example) M9NW
D-A9V/M9V/M9WV and D-M9A(V)L cannot be mounted.
1 m M (Example) M9NWM
Do not indicate suffix N for no lead wire on D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A models.
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A/B54/B64 cannot be mounted on bore sizes 20 and
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ
25 cylinder with air cushion.
None N (Example) H7CN
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 218 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1328 and 1329.
D-A9/M9/M9W auto switches are shipped together (not assembled). (However, auto switch mounting brackets are assembled when being shipped.)
146
Series
CM2W
Specifications
20
25
Action
32
40
Fluid
Air
Proof pressure
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.08 MPa
CJ1
Cushion
Allowable
kinetic energy Air cushion
(Effective cushion length (mm))
0.27 J
0.4 J
0.65 J
1.2 J
0.54 J
(11.0)
0.78 J
(11.0)
1.27 J
(11.0)
2.35 J
(11.8)
CJP
CJ2
CM2
CG1
Standard Stroke
Standard stroke (1)
(mm)
Maximum stroke
(mm)
500
Bore size
(mm)
JIS Symbol
Double acting
MB
MB1
20
25
32
CA2
CS1
40
Note 1) Other intermediate strokes can be manufactured upon receipt of order.
Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible.
(Spacers are not used.)
Note 2) When exceeding 300 strokes, the allowable maximum stroke length is
determined by the stroke selection table (front matter 28).
Accessory Bracket
Symbol
Specifications
XC5
XC6
JJ
Maximum ambient
temperature
Nylon tarpaulin
XB7
CS2
20
25
32
40
Axial foot
CM-L020B
CM-L032B
Flange
CM-F020B
CM-F032B
CM-F040B 1 flange
CM-T020B
CM-T032B
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
147
CM2W
Series
Standard equipment
Option
Precautions
(2)
Mounting
nut
Mounting
Rod end
nut
Rod boot
Basic style
Axial foot style
Flange style
(1)
Trunnion style
Note
Mass
(kg)
20
25
32
40
Basic style
0.16
0.25
0.32
0.65
0.31
0.41
0.48
0.92
Flange style
0.22
0.34
0.41
0.77
Trunnion style
0.20
0.32
0.38
0.75
0.06
0.09
0.13
0.19
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.23
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.20
Basic mass
Operating Precautions
Warning
1. Do not rotate the cover.
If a cover is rotated when installing a cylinder
or screwing a fitting into the port, it is likely to
damage the junction part with cover.
Caution
1. Not able to disassemble.
Cover and cylinder tube are connected to
each other by caulking method, thus making
it impossible to disassemble. Therefore,
internal parts of a cylinder other than rod
seal are not replaceable.
148
CM2W
Air-hydro
CM2WH Mounting style Bore size
Series
Air-hydro
A low hydraulic pressure cylinder used at a pressures of 1.0 MPa or
below.
Through the concurrent use of a CC series air-hydro unit, it is
possible to operate at a constant or low speeds or to effect an
intermediate stop, just like a hydraulic unit, while using pneumatic
equipment such as a valve.
Stroke
CJ1
CJP
CJ2
CM2
Specifications
Type
Air-hydro type
Fluid
Turbine oil
Action
Double acting, Double rod
Bore size (mm)
20, 25, 32, 40
Proof pressure
1.5 MPa
Max. operating pressure
1.0 MPa
Min. operating pressure
0.18 MPa
Piston speed
15 to 300 mm/s
Ambient and fluid temperature
+1.4
Thread tolerance
0 mm
Stroke length tolerance
Cushion
Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)
Mounting
Basic style, Axial foot style, Flange style, Trunnion style
* Auto switch can be mounted.
CG1
Specifications
Action
1.0 MPa
0.08 MPa
Cushion
Rubber bumper
Piping
One-touch fitting
Piston speed
Mounting
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
50 to 750 mm/s
Basic style, Axial foot style, Flange style, Trunnion style
CS2
20
25
32
40
Applicable tubing
O.D./I.D. (mm)
6/4
6/4
6/4
8/6
Caution
1. One-touch fitting cannot be replaced.
One-touch fitting is press-fit into the cover, thus cannot be replaced.
2. Refer to Fittings and Tubing Precautions (Best Pneumatics No. 6) for
handling one-touch fittings.
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
149
Series
CM2W
Clean Series
Copper/Fluorine-free
Stroke
Stroke
Copper/fluorine-free
Specifications
Specifications
Action
Action
Bore size (mm)
1.0 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.08 MPa
0.08 MPa
Cushion
Rubber bumper
M5 x 0.8
Piston speed
Cushion
Rubber bumper
Air cushion
Piston speed
50 to 750 mm/s
50 to 1000 mm/s
30 to 400 mm/s
Mounting
Mounting
Construction
Construction
Standard port
Relief port
20, 25
The above shows the case of rubber bumper.
Standard port
Relief port
Relief port
32, 40
For details, refer to the separate catalog, Pneumatic Clean Series.
150
Series CM2W
Construction
Rubber bumper
CJ1
CJP
CJ2
Air-hydro
CM2
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
CS2
Component Parts
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Description
Rod cover
Cylinder tube
Piston
Piston rod
Bushing
Seal retainer
Retaining ring
Bumper A
Bumper B
Piston seal
Piston gasket
Mounting nut
Rod end nut
Note
Material
Clear anodized
Aluminum alloy
Stainless steel
Chromated
Aluminum alloy
Hard chrome plated
Carbon steel
Copper oil-impregnated sintered alloy
Stainless steel
Phosphate coated
Carbon steel
Urethane
Urethane
NBR
NBR
Nickel plated
Carbon steel
Nickel plated
Carbon steel
Part no.
20
25
32
40
PDU-8Z
PDU-10Z
20
25
32
40
HDU-8
HDU-10
HDU-12L
HDU-14
PDU-12LZ PDU-14LZ
Air-hydro
No. Description Material
14
Part no.
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)
Technical
data
151
Series CM2W
Basic Style (B)
Stroke
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
2 x NN
MM
2 x Eh8
AL
A
MM
K
H
S + Stroke
NA
AL
A
H + Stroke
NA
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
JH
h
ZZ + Stroke
JW
JH
8
8
JW
l + Stroke 8
h + Stroke
h
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
45
WA
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
N1
G
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
N1
G
45
WA
(mm)
Bore size (mm)
AL
B1
B2
20
18
15.5
13
26
20 0.033
25
22
19.5
17
32
10
26 0.033
32
22
19.5
17
32
12
26 0.033
40
24
21
22
41
14
32 0.039
FL
H1
H2
KA
MM
NA
NN
ZZ
13
10.5
41
28
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
62
144
13
10.5
45
33.5
5.5
M10 x 1.25 15
30
M26 x 1.5
18
18
62
152
13
10.5
45
37.5
5.5
10 M10 x 1.25 15
64
154
16
13.5
11
50
10
46.5
18
14
88
188
12
M32 x 2
(mm)
ZZ (Both sides)
20
30
36
18
68
81
93
106
131 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
198
224
248
274
324
25
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
206
232
256
282
332
32
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
208
234
258
284
334
40
41
46
20
77
90
102
115
140 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
242
268
292
318
368
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300
(mm)
ZZ (One side)
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300
JH
JW
(mm)
N1
WA
20
17.5
13
20
21.5
24.5
20
171
184
196
209
234
23.5 10.5
25
17.5
13
25
25
179
192
204
217
242
23.5 10.5
32
17.5
13
32
27
32
181
194
206
219
244
23.5 10.5
40
21.5
16
40
11
32.5
40
215
228
240
253
278
152
27
10.5
Series CM2W
H + Stroke
G F
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
2 x NN
K
Effective thread
length 2 x FL
I
Width across
flats B2
LT
MM
A
AL
MM
Width across flats NA
N
S + Stroke
LS + Stroke
CJ1
F G
H2
LH
H
K
A
AL
H1
Stroke
CJP
4 x LD
CJ2
2 x LC
Z + Stroke
LX
LZ
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
CM2
CG1
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
WA
MB
45
MB1
CA2
CS1
N1
N1
CS2
(mm)
Bore size (mm) A AL B B1 B2 D
F FL G
H H1 H2
K KA LC LD LH LS LT LX LZ
MM
N NA
NN
20
18 15.5 40 13 26 8 13 10.5 8 41 5
8 28 5
25
22 19.5 47 17 32 10 13 10.5 8 45 6
8 33.5 5.5 8
32
22 19.5 47 17 32 12 13 10.5 8 45 6
8 37.5 5.5 10 4 6.8 28 104 3.2 40 55 M10 x 1.25 15 34.5 M26 x 1.5
40
24 21 54 22 41 14 16 13.5 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 4
(mm)
(mm)
N1
WA
20
17.5
13
20
21.5
25
17.5
13
25
24.5
32
17.5
13
32
27
40
21.5
16
40
11
32.5
Z ZZ
18
18
62 20 8 21 144
18
14
64 20 8 25 154
62 20 8 25 152
88 23 10 27 188
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
153
Series CM2W
Flange Style (F)
Stroke
AL
A
MM
FX
FZ
20 to 32
40
2 x NN MM
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
E
I
FY
hole
4 x FD 2 x FD
mounting mounting hole
C2
K
Z
H
AL
A
H + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
WA
WA
N1
N1
(mm)
Bore size (mm)
AL
B1
B2
C2
20
18
15.5
34
13
26
30
FD
FL
FT
FX
FY
FZ
H1
H2
20 0.033
13
10.5
60
75
41
0
0.033
13
10.5
60
75
45
33.5 5.5
KA
28
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.25
10
M10 x 1.25
12
M14 x 1.5
25
22
19.5
40
17
32
37
10
26
32
22
19.5
40
17
32
37
12
26 0.033
13
10.5
60
75
45
37.5 5.5
47.3
14
0
0.039
16
13.5
66
36
82
11
50
10
46.5
(mm)
40
21
24
52
22
41
32
NA
NN
ZZ
N1
WA
20
15
24
M20 x 1.5
62
37
144
20
17.5
13
20
21.5
25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
18
18
62
41
152
25
17.5
13
25
24.5
32
15
34.5
M26 x 1.5
64
41
154
32
17.5
13
32
27
21.5 42.5
M32 x 2
18
14
88
45
188
40
21.5
16
40
11
32.5
154
(mm)
Bore size (mm)
40
MM
Series CM2W
Stroke
G
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
2 x NN
E
I
TD
TY
MM
MM
AL
A K
Z
H
CJ1
Effective thread
length
TT
2 x FL
S + Stroke
CJP
AL
A
CJ2
H + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
CM2
CG1
With air cushion
MB
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
45
WA
MB1
WA
CA2
CS1
N1
N1
CS2
(mm)
Bore size (mm)
AL
B1
B2
20
18
15.5
13
26
20 0.033
25
22
19.5
17
32
10
26 0.033
32
22
19.5
17
32
12
26 0.033
40
24
21
22
41
14
32 0.039
FL
H1
KA
MM
NA
NN
13
10.5
41
28
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
62
13
10.5
45
33.5
5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
18
18
13
10.5
45
37.5
5.5
10
M10 x 1.25
15
34.5
M26 x 1.5
64
16
13.5
11
50
46.5
12
M14 x 1.5
21.5
42.5
M32 x 2
18
14
88
(mm)
TD
TT
TX
TY
TZ
ZZ
N1
WA
20
10
32
32
52
36
144
20
17.5
13
20
21.5
25
10
40
40
60
40
152
25
17.5
13
25
24.5
32
10
40
40
60
40
154
32
17.5
13
32
27
40
10
11
53
53
77
44.5
188
40
21.5
16
40
11
32.5
(mm)
62
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
155
Series
CM2
20, 25, 32, 40
How to Order
Piping
Mounting style
B
L
F
G
C
D
U
Basic style
Axial foot style
Rod side flange style
Head side flange style
Single clevis style
Double clevis style
Rod side trunnion style
UZ
Rc (Screw-in piping)
Built-in One-touch fittings
Nil
Made to Order
(Refer to page 157 for details.)
CM2 L 32
With auto switch
150 S
150 S M9BW
CDM2 L 32
Bore size
20
25
32
40
Number of
auto switches
Action
S Single acting, Spring return
T Single acting, Spring extend
20 mm
Electrical
entry
Indicator
light
Special function
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Yes
Grommet
Grommet
Nil
Yes
Terminal
conduit
No Yes No Yes No
Connector
Yes
Reed switch
Load voltage
Wiring
(Output)
DC
AC
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
5V, 12V
2-wire
12V
3-wire (NPN)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
24V
3-wire
(NPN equivalent)
2-wire
5V, 12V
12V
5V,12V
12V
5V, 12V
24V
1 pc.
Auto switch
40 mm
4-wire (NPN)
Grommet
n pcs.
32 mm
2-wire
2 pcs.
S
n
25 mm
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1263 to 1371 for further information on auto switches.
Type
Nil
5V
12V
100V
100V or less
100V, 200V
200V or less
24V or less
Auto switch
model
M9N
M9P
M9B
H7C
G39A
K39A
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
H7BA
H7NF
A96
A93
A90
B54
B64
C73C
C80C
A33A
A34A
A44A
B59W
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
PLC
100V, 200V
Relay,
DIN terminal
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet
Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order.
Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m Nil (Example) M9NW
D-A9V/M9V/M9WV and D-M9A(V)L cannot be mounted.
1 m M (Example) M9NWM
Do not indicate suffix N for no lead wire on D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A models.
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ
None N (Example) H7CN
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 218 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1328 and 1329.
D-A9/M9/M9W auto switches are shipped together (not assembled). (However, auto switch mounting brackets are assembled when being shipped.)
156
Series
CM2
Specifications
20
25
32
Type
Pneumatic
Cushion
Rubber bumper
Fluid
Air
Proof pressure
Spring return
40
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.18 MPa
CJ1
0.23 MPa
CJP
Spring extend
CJ2
+1.4
0 mm
CM2
50 to 750 mm/s
0.27
0.4
0.65
1.2
CG1
Standard Stroke
Bore size (mm)
MB
20
25
32
MB1
CA2
40
JIS Symbol
Single acting,
Spring return
CS1
CS2
Mounting Bracket
Spring extend
Theoretical Output
Refer to Theoretical Output 1 on page 1573.
Boss-cut style
Specifications
XC6
Boss for the head side cover bracket is eliminated and the total length of cylinder
is shortened.
(mm)
D-
Mounting style
Boss-cut basic style (BZ)
Boss-cut trunnion style (UZ)
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
157
Series
CM2
Standard equipment
Mounting Rod end
nut
nut
Mounting
Clevis
pin
Single
knuckle
joint
Option
(4)
Double (3)
Clevis
knuckle
bracket
joint
Basic style
Axial foot style
Rod side flange style
Head side flange style
Clevis integrated style
(1)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(5)
(2)
(2)
Note 1) Mounting nuts are not attached for clevis integrated style, single clevis, and
double clevis styles.
Note 2) Trunnion nuts are attached for rod side trunnion and head side trunnion
styles.
Note 3) Pin and retaining ring (cotter pin for bore size 40) are shipped together with
double clevis and double knuckle joint.
Note 4) Pin and retaining ring are shipped together with clevis pivot bracket.
Note 5) Clevis pins and retaining rings (cotter pins for 40) are attached.
20
25
32
40
Axial foot
CM-L020B
CM-L032B
Flange
CM-F020B
CM-F032B
CM-F040B 1 flange
Single clevis
CM-C020B
CM-C032B
Double clevis
(with pins)
CM-D020B
CM-D032B
CM-D040B
CM-T020B
CM-T032B
158
Accessory Bracket
For mounting brackets, refer to pages 144 and 145
Series
CM2
Mass
Spring Return
(kg)
Mounting
bracket
mass
Option
bracket
(kg)
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
25 stroke
0.20
0.30
0.42
0.77
25 stroke
0.19
0.29
0.40
0.74
50 stroke
0.22
0.33
0.46
0.84
50 stroke
0.21
0.32
0.44
0.81
75 stroke
0.27
0.42
0.58
1.03
75 stroke
0.25
0.39
0.54
0.97
100 stroke
0.29
0.45
0.63
1.09
100 stroke
0.27
0.42
0.58
1.03
125 stroke
0.35
0.54
0.76
1.29
125 stroke
0.32
0.49
0.69
1.20
150 stroke
0.37
0.57
0.80
1.36
150 stroke
0.34
0.52
0.73
1.27
200 stroke
0.97
1.61
200 stroke
0.88
1.49
250 stroke
1.87
250 stroke
1.72
Foot style
0.15
0.16
0.16
0.27
Foot style
0.15
0.16
0.16
0.27
Flange style
0.06
0.09
0.09
0.12
Flange style
0.06
0.09
0.09
0.12
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.09
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.09
0.05
0.06
0.06
0.13
0.05
0.06
0.06
0.13
Trunnion style
0.04
0.07
0.07
0.10
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.04
0.01
0.02
0.02
0.05
0.07
0.03
0.05
0.07
0.06
0.07
Basic
mass
Spring Extend
Bore size (mm)
Basic
mass
Mounting
bracket
mass
Trunnion style
0.04
0.07
0.07
0.10
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.04
0.03
0.01
0.02
0.02
0.03
0.07
0.09
0.05
0.07
0.07
0.09
0.05
0.07
0.03
0.05
0.05
0.07
0.07
0.14
0.14
0.07
0.07
0.14
0.14
0.06
0.06
0.23
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.23
0.07
0.07
0.20
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.20
Option
bracket
CJ1
CJP
CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
CS2
Calculation: (Example) CM2L32-100S (Bore size 32, Foot style, 100 stroke)
0.63 (Basic mass) + 0.16 (Mounting bracket mass) = 0.79 kg
Stroke Action
Built-in One-touch fitting
Specifications
Action
1.0 MPa
0.18 MPa
Cushion
Piping
Piston speed
Mounting
0.23 MPa
Rubber bumper
50 to 750 mm/s
Basic style, Axial foot style, Rod side flange style,
Head side flange style, Single clevis style, Double clevis
style, Rod side trunnion style, Head side trunnion style,
Clevis integrated style, Boss-cut style
20
25
32
40
Applicable tubing
O.D./I.D. (mm)
6/4
6/4
6/4
8/6
Caution
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
159
Series
CM2
Copper/Fluorine-free
Precautions
Operating Precoutions
Warning
1. Do not rotate the cover.
If a cover is rotated when installing a cylinder or screwing a
fitting into the port, it is likely to damage the junction part with
cover.
Caution
1. Not able to disassemble.
Specifications
Action
1.0 MPa
0.18 MPa
Rubber bumper
Piston speed
50 to 750 mm/s
0.23 MPa
Mounting
Construction
160
Series
CM2
Construction
Spring return
CJ1
CJP
Boss-cut style Clevis integrated style
CJ2
CM2
Spring return,
Built-in One-touch fitting
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
Spring extend
CS1
CS2
Clevis integrated
style
Boss-cut
style
Spring extend,
Built-in One-touch fitting
Component Parts
No.
1
2A
2B
2C
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Description
Material
Note
Clear anodized
Rod cover
Aluminum alloy
Clear anodized
Head cover A
Aluminum alloy
Clear anodized
Head cover B
Aluminum alloy
Clear anodized
Head cover C
Aluminum alloy
Cylinder tube
Stainless steel
Piston
Chromated
Aluminum alloy
Piston rod
Hard chromium electroplated
Carbon steel
Bushing
Copper oil-impregnated sintered alloy
Seal retainer
Stainless steel
Return spring
Zinc chromated
Steel wire
Spring guide
Chromated
Aluminum alloy
Spring seat
Chromated
Aluminum alloy
Plug with fixed orifice
Black zinc chromated
Alloy steel
Retaining ring
Phosphate coated
Carbon steel
No.
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Description
Clevis bushing
Bumper
Bumper A
Bumper B
Retaining ring
Piston seal
Piston gasket
Wear ring
Mounting nut
Rod end nut
Note
Material
Copper oil-impregnated sintered alloy
Urethane
Urethane
Urethane
Stainless steel
NBR
NBR
Resin
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
D-
Replacement Part: Seal
With Rubber Bumper, Built-in One-touch Fitting
No. Description Material
-X
Part no.
20
25
32
40
PDU-8Z
PDU-10Z
PDU-12LZ
PDU-14LZ
Individual
-X
Technical
data
Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)
161
Series CM2
Basic Style (B)
Stroke S
T
G
2 x NN
H2
MM
Width across flatsKA
AL
A
K
H
Effective thread
length 2 x FL
NA
2 x Eh8
NA
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
Spring extend
Width across flats B2 H2 G
Width across flats B1 H1
2 x NN
NA
2 x Eh8
MM
AL
A
NA
S + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
H + Stroke
Boss-cut style
(mm)
Bore size (mm)
AL
B1
B2
20
18
15.5
13
26
20 0.033
25
22
19.5
17
32
10
26 0.033
32
22
19.5
17
32
12
14
40
24
21
22
41
FL
H1
H2
KA
MM
NA
NN
13
10.5
41
28
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
13
10.5
45
33.5
5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
18
18
26 0.033
13
10.5
45
37.5
5.5
10
M10 x 1.25
15
0
0.039
16
13.5
11
50
10
46.5
12
32
Dimensions by Stroke
Stroke
Sym
bol
Bore
size (mm)
1 to 50
ZZ
S
(mm)
51 to 100
ZZ
S
101 to 150
ZZ
S
151 to 200
ZZ
S
201 to 250
ZZ
S
M32 x 2
Boss-cut Style
Stroke
Sym
bol
Bore
size (mm)
1 to 50
18
14
(mm)
51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
ZZ
ZZ
ZZ
ZZ
ZZ
20
87
141
112
166
137
191
20
128
153
178
25
87
145
112
170
137
195
25
132
157
182
32
89
147
114
172
139
197
164
222
32
134
159
184
209
40
113
179
138
204
163
229
188
254
213
279
40
163
188
213
238
263
20
21.5
25
24.5
32
27
40
11
32.5
162
CM2
Series
S
T
Stroke
Spring return
H
A
AL
H1
F
H2
2 x NN
LH
2 x LC
4 x LD
MM
N
Y
LT
CJ1
CJP
N
Y
LX
LZ
CJ2
CM2
CG1
Spring extend
MB
H + Stroke
Width across
flats B1
A
AL
H1
F G
H2
2 x NN
MB1
LT
Width across
flats KA
4 x LD
Z + Stroke
CS2
N
Y
CS1
LH
2 x LC
Width across
flats B2
MM
CA2
Y
LX
LZ
(mm)
Bore size (mm) A AL B B1
20
18 15.5 40 13
25
22 19.5 47 17
32
22 19.5 47 17
40
K KA LC LD LH LT LX LZ
B2
FL
H1
H2
26
13 10.5
41
28
32 10 13 10.5
45
33.5 5.5
32 12 13 10.5
45
24 21 54 22 41 14 16 13.5 11 50
10 46.5
N NA
NN
37.5 5.5 10
12
Dimensions by Stroke
Stroke
Sym
bol
Bore
size (mm)
MM
(mm)
151 to 200
1 to 50
51 to 100
101 to 150
201 to 250
LS S ZZ LS S ZZ LS S ZZ LS S ZZ LS S ZZ
18
18
20
21
20
25
18
14
20
25
23 10 27
20
20
21.5
25
25
24.5
32
129 89 162 154 114 187 179 139 212 204 164 237
32
27
40
159 113 196 184 138 221 209 163 246 234 188 271 259 213 296
40
32.5
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
163
Series CM2
Rod Side Flange Style (F)
S
T
4 x FD
Mounting hole
AL
A
MM
FX
FZ
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
Width across
flats B1
Spring extend
2 x FD
Mounting hole
2 x NN
FT
N
20 to 32
4 x FD
Mounting hole
Width across
flats KA
FY
2 x FD
Mounting hole
40
H2
E
I
Spring return
Stroke
H2
RcP
H1
2 x NN
FY
C2
AL
A
MM
FX
FZ
40
FT
N
K
Z + Stroke
H + Stroke
20 to 32
Width across
flats NA
S + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
Boss-cut style
(mm)
Bore size (mm) A
AL
C2
20
18 15.5 34 13 26 30
25
B1
B2
FD FL FT FX FY FZ
H1
H2
K KA
MM
N NA
NN
10.5
60
75
41
28
22 19.5 40 17 32 37 10 26 0.033 13
10.5
60
75
45
33.5 5.5
32
0
22 19.5 40 17 32 37 12 26 0.033
13
10.5
60
75
45
40
24 21 52 22 41 47.3 14 32 00.039 16
13.5
66 36 82 11 50
10 46.5
20 0.033 13
Dimensions by Stroke
Bore
size (mm)
Stroke
Sym
bol
1 to 50
S ZZ
Boss-cut Style
Bore
size (mm)
Stroke
Sym
bol
1 to 50
18
18
37
18
14
41
41
45
(mm)
51 to 100
ZZ
ZZ
ZZ
ZZ
ZZ
20
87
20
128
153
178
25
87
25
132
157
182
32
89
32
134
159
184
209
40
113 179 138 204 163 229 188 254 213 279
40
163
188
213
238
263
20
21.5
25
24.5
32
27
40
32.5
164
(mm)
Series
CM2
Stroke
S
T
Spring return
Effective thread length 2 x FL
4 x FD
Mounting hole
2 x FD
Mounting hole
H2
C2
FY
E
D
CJ1
CJP
MM
AL
A
K
H
FX
FZ
FT
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
40
CJ2
20 to 32
CM2
ZZ + Stroke
CG1
MB
Spring extend
MB1
2 x NN
Width across
flats B2
H2
CA2
2 x FD
Mounting hole 4 x FD
C2 Mounting hole
CS1
FY
E
D
Width across
flats B1 H1
CS2
MM
AL
A
H + Stroke
FT
S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
40
20 to 32
FX
FZ
(mm)
E
C2
20
18 15.5 34 13 26 30
25
22 19.5 40 17 32 37 10 26 0.033 13
32
22 19.5 40 17 32 37 12 26 0.033 13
40
24 21 52 22 41 47.3 14 32 0.039 16
AL
B1
B2
FD FL FT FX FY FZ
1 to 50
S
Z ZZ
51 to 100
S
Z ZZ
H1
H2
MM
K KA
N NA
NN
10.5
60
75
41
28
10.5
60
75
45
33.5 5.5
10.5
60
75
45
13.5
66 36
82 11 50
10 46.5
20 0.033 13
Dimensions by Stroke
Stroke
Sym
bol
Bore
size (mm)
(mm)
151 to 200
101 to 150
S
Z ZZ
ZZ
18
18
18
14
20
87
201 to 250
S
Z ZZ
20
21.5
25
87
25
24.5
32
89
138 147 114 163 172 139 188 197 164 213 222
32
27
40
113 168 179 138 193 204 163 218 229 188 243 254 213 268 279
40
32.5
Bore size
(mm)
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
165
Series CM2
Single Clevis Style (C)
CM2C Bore size
S
T
Stroke
Spring return
H1
CD
NN
G
I
E
D
CI
NA
AL
A
MM
CX
K
H
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
NA
L
RR
Spring extend
Effective thread length FL
H1
NN
Width across flats KA
CD
CI
E
D
NA
AL
A
MM
H + Stroke
S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
CX
L
RR
NA
(mm)
Bore size (mm)
AL
B1
CD
CI
CX
FL
H1
KA
MM
NA
NN
RR
13 10.5
41
28
30
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
14
13 10.5
45
33.5 5.5
30
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
18
18
14
13 10.5
45
37.5 5.5
10
30
M10 x 1.25
14
16 13.5 11
50
46.5
12
39
18
14
11
18
20
18 15.5 13
24
10
20 0.033
25
22 19.5 17
30
10
10
26 0.033
32
22 19.5 17
30
10
12
26 0.033
40
24
10
38
15
14
32 0.039
21
22
Dimensions by Stroke
Bore
size (mm)
166
Stroke
Sym
bol
1 to 50
ZZ
Z
S
(mm)
51 to 100
ZZ
Z
S
151 to 200
101 to 150
ZZ
Z
S
ZZ
201 to 250
ZZ
Z
S
M32 x 2
20
87
20
21.5
25
87
25
24.5
32
89
164 173 114 189 198 139 214 223 164 239 248
32
27
40
113 202 213 138 227 238 163 252 263 188 277 288 213 302 313
40
32.5
Series
CM2
Stroke
Spring return
+0.058
H1
Axis d9
NN
0.040
0.076
E
D
CI
CD hole H10 0
NA
AL
A
MM
CJ1
CJP
K
H
CX
CZ
CL
NA
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
RR
CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB
MB1
Spring extend
Effective thread length FL
NN
CA2
+0.058
CD hole H10 0
Axis d9
H + Stroke
S + Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
CS2
NA
CI
E
D
AL
A
MM
CS1
0.040
0.076
CX
CZ
CL
NA
L
RR
(mm)
Bore size (mm) A AL B1 CD CI CL
20
18 15.5 13 9 24 25
25
22 19.5 17 9 30 25
32
22 19.5 17 9 30 25
40
CX CZ
10 19
FL
H1
20 0.033
13 10.5
41
28
0
0.033
13 10.5
45
33.5 5.5
13 10.5
45
16 13.5 11 50
10 19 10
26
10 19 12
26 0.033
24 21 22 10 38 41.2 15 30 14
32 0.039
MM
N NA
NN
30
M8 x 1.25
15 24
M20 x 1.5
14
30
M10 x 1.25
15 30
M26 x 1.5
18
18
14
37.5 5.5 10
30
M10 x 1.25
15 34.5
M26 x 1.5
14
46.5
12
39
M14 x 1.5
21.5 42.5
M32 x 2
18
14
Dimensions by Stroke
Bore
size (mm)
Stroke
Sym
bol
1 to 50
Z
ZZ
S
K KA
5
7
(mm)
51 to 100
ZZ
Z
S
151 to 200
101 to 150
ZZ
Z
S
ZZ
201 to 250
ZZ
Z
S
RR U
11 18
20
87
20
21.5
25
87
25
24.5
32
89
164 173 114 189 198 139 214 223 164 239 248
32
27
40
113 202 213 138 227 238 163 252 263 188 277 288 213 302 313
40
32.5
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
167
Series CM2
Rod Side Trunnion Style (U)
CM2U Bore size
Stroke
S
T
Spring return
2 x NN
E
I
TY
TD
AL
A
MM
TX
TZ
K
Z
TT
Spring extend
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
2 x NN
E
I
TD
TY
MM
AL
A K
TT
Z + Stroke
TX
TZ
S + Stroke
H + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
Boss-cut style
(mm)
B1
B2
20
18 15.5 13
26
20 0.033
25
22 19.5 17
32
10
26 0.033
32
22 19.5 17
32
12
26 0.033
40
24
41
14
32 0.039
AL
21
22
1 to 50
ZZ
S
51 to 100
S
ZZ
32
52
36
40
40
60
40
40
40
60
40
53
53
77 44.5
H1
KA
MM
NA
NN
13 10.5
41
28
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
10
32
13 10.5
45
33.5 5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
18
18
10
13 10.5
45
37.5 5.5 10
M10 x 1.25
10
16 13.5 11
50
46.5
18
14
10
11
Dimensions by Stroke
Stroke
Sym
bol
Bore
size (mm)
TD TT TX TY TZ
FL
(mm)
101 to 150
ZZ
S
151 to 200
ZZ
S
201 to 250
S ZZ
12
M32 x 2
Boss-cut Style
Stroke
Sym
Bore
bol
size (mm)
(mm)
ZZ
ZZ
ZZ
ZZ
20
87
20
128
153
178
25
87
25
132
157
182
32
89
32
134
159
184
209
40
113 179 138 204 163 229 188 254 213 279
40
163
188
213
238
263
168
Built-in One-touch
Fittings
(mm)
Bore size (mm) P
20
25
32
40
21.5
24.5
27
32.5
Series
CM2
Stroke
S
T
Spring return
2 x NN
Width acros
flats B2
TY
E
D
TD
AL
A
MM
K
H
CJP
TX
TZ
N
TT
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
CJ1
CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB
Spring extend
G
Width across flats B1 H1
Width acros
flats B2
2 x NN
MB1
CA2
MM
TD
TY
E
D
AL
A
CS1
CS2
H + Stroke
TT
S + Stroke
TX
TZ
Z + 2 x Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
(mm)
Bore size (mm) A AL B1
20
18 15.5 13
25
22 19.5 17
32
22 19.5 17
40
24
21
22
FL
H1
KA
MM
NA
NN
13 10.5
41
28
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
13 10.5
45
33.5 5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
18
18
13 10.5
45
37.5 5.5
10
M10 x 1.25
16 13.5 11
50
46.5
12
18
14
B2
26
20 0.033
32
10
26 0.033
32
12
26 0.033
41
14
32 0.039
Dimensions by Stroke
Stroke
Sym
bol
Bore
size (mm)
1 to 50
Z
S
ZZ
51 to 100
Z
S
ZZ
(mm)
101 to 150
Z
S
ZZ
151 to 200
Z
S
ZZ
201 to 250
Z
S
ZZ
M32 x 2
TX TY
TZ
10
32
32
52
10
40
40
60
10
40
40
60
10
11
53
53
77
TD TT
Built-in One-touch
Fittings
(mm)
Bore size (mm)
20
87
20
21.5
25
87
25
24.5
32
89
139 149 114 164 174 139 189 199 164 214 224
32
27
40
113 168.5 179 138 193.5 204 163 218.5 229 188 243.5 254 213 268.5
279
40
32.5
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
169
Series CM2
Clevis Integrated Style (E)
S
T
Stroke
Spring return
LZ + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
Z + Stroke
S + Stroke
H
A K
AL
H1
LP
L RR
U
N
G
NA
CX
CD
MM
x LD
NN
LH
E
D
CI
NA
LF
LG
LY
LV
Spring extend
LP
L
U
RR
NA
CX
CD
NA
MM
NN
LH
E
D
CI
A
AL
H1
H + Stroke
K
LZ + 2 x Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
Z + 2 x Stroke
S + Stroke
N
RcP Plug with fixed orifice
G
x LD
LF
LG
LY
LV
(mm)
Bore size (mm)
AL
B1
CD
CI
CX
20
12
20 0.033
FL
H1
KA
MM
NA
NN
RR
13 10.5
41
28
12
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
11.5
13 10.5
45
33.5 5.5
12
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
18
18
11.5
13 10.5
45
37.5 5.5
10
15
M10 x 1.25
16 13.5 11
50
46.5
12
15
20
18 15.5 13
25
22 19.5 17
22
12
10
26 0.033
32
22 19.5 17
10
27
20
12
26 0.033
40
24
10
33
20
14
32 0.039
21
22
Dimensions by Stroke
Bore
size (mm)
Stroke
Sym
bol
1 to 50
ZZ
S
Z
101 to 150
ZZ
Z
S
151 to 200
ZZ
Z
S
12 14.5
201 to 250
ZZ
Z
S
87
25
87
32
89
149 161 114 174 186 139 199 211 164 224 236
40
113 178 190 138 203 215 163 228 240 188 253 265 213 278 290
170
12 14.5
(mm)
51 to 100
ZZ
Z
S
20
M32 x 2
18
14
(mm)
LF
LG
LH
LP
LT
LV
LY
Built-in One-touch
Fittings
(mm)
1 to 50
51 to 100
101 to 150
151 to 200
201 to 250
LZ
LZ
LZ
LZ
LZ
Bore size
(mm)
20
6.8
15
30
30
37
3.2 18.4
59
177
202
227
20
21.5
25
6.8
15
30
30
37
3.2 18.4
59
181
206
231
25
24.5
32
15
40
40
50
28
75
199
224
249
274
32
27
40
15
40
40
50
28
75
228
253
278
303
328
40
32.5
Series
CM2K
20, 25, 32, 40
How to Order
Cylinder stroke (mm)
Mounting style
Basic style
B
Axial foot style
L
F Rod side flange style
G Head side flange style
Single clevis style
C
Double clevis style
D
U Rod side trunnion style
UZ
CJP
CJ1
CJ2
Cushion
Bore size
20 20 mm
25 25mm
32 32 mm
40 40 mm
Nil
Rubber bumper
Air cushion
CM2
CG1
Made to Order
(Refer to page 172 for details.)
MB
CM2K L 40 150 A
With auto switch
MB1
CDM2K L 40 150 A
None
Nil
2 pcs.
Nylon tarpaulin
S
n
1 pc.
Nil
J
K
CS1
Number of
auto switches
Rod boot
CA2
M9BW
CS2
n pcs.
Auto switch
Nil
Type
Special function
Electrical
entry
Indicator
light
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1263 to 1371 for further information on auto switches.
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Yes
Grommet
Grommet
DC
5V, 12V
2-wire
12V
3-wire (NPN)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
24V
No Yes No Yes No
Yes
Terminal
conduit
Yes
Connector
3-wire
(NPN equivalent)
2-wire
5V, 12V
12V
5V,12V
12V
4-wire (NPN)
Grommet
AC
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
Reed switch
Load voltage
Wiring
(Output)
5V, 12V
24V
5V
12V
100V
100V or less
100V, 200V
200V or less
24V or less
Auto switch
model
M9N
M9P
M9B
H7C
G39A
K39A
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
H7BA
H7NF
A96
A93
A90
B54
B64
C73C
C80C
A33A
A34A
A44A
B59W
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
PLC
100V, 200V
Relay,
DIN terminal
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet
Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order.
Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m Nil (Example) M9NW
D-A9V/M9V/M9WV and D-M9A(V)L cannot be mounted.
1 m M (Example) M9NWM
Do not indicate suffix N for no lead wire on D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A models.
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A/B54/B64 cannot be mounted on bore sizes 20 and
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ
25 cylinder with air cushion.
None N (Example) H7CN
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 218 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1328 and 1329.
D-A9/M9/M9W auto switches are shipped together (not assembled). (However, auto switch mounting brackets are assembled when being shipped.)
171
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
Series
CM2K
Specifications
20
25
32
40
Type
Action
Air
Fluid
Rubber bumper
Cushion
1.5 MPa
Proof pressure
Maximum operating pressure
1.0 MPa
0.05 MPa
Lubrication
+1.4
0
mm
50 to 500 mm/s
Piston speed
Cusion
0.27 J
0.4 J
0.65 J
1.2 J
0.54 J
(11.0)
0.78 J
(11.0)
1.27 J
(11.0)
2.35 J
(11.8)
Allowable
kinetic energy Air cushion
Standard Stroke
Bore size
(mm)
Standard stroke
(mm)
Symbol
Note)
20
25
32
Nylon tarpaulin
40
Specifications
XC6
XC8
20
25
32
40
Axial foot
CM-L020B
CM-L032B
Flange
CM-F020B
CM-F032B
CM-F040B 1 flange
CM-C020B
CM-C032B
Single clevis
Double clevis
(with pins)
CM-D020B
CM-D032B
CM-D040B
CM-T020B
CM-T032B
XC9
Boss-cut style
Boss for the head side cover bracket is
eliminated and the total length of cylinder
is shortened.
172
Mounting style
Boss-cut basic style (BZ)
Boss-cut trunnion style (UZ)
(mm)
Series
CM2K
Copper/Fluorine-free
20-CM2K Mounting style Bore size
Precautions
Stroke
Copper/fluorine-free
CJ1
Operating Precautions
CJP
Warning
1. Do not rotate the cover.
If a cover is rotated when installing a cylinder or
screwing a fitting into the port, it is likely to damage
the junction part with cover.
2. Do not operate with the cushion needle in a fully
closed condition.
Using it in the fully closed state will cause the
cushion seal to be damaged. When adjusting the
cushion needle, use the Hexagon wrench key:
nominal size 1.5.
Specifications
Action
Bore size (mm)
Max. operating pressure
Min. operating pressure
Cushion
Piston speed
Mounting
CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
Standard equipment
Mounting Rod end
nut
nut
Clevis
pin
Option
(4)
Single Double (3)
Clevis
knuckle knuckle
Rod boot
joint
joint
bracket
Mounting
Basic style
Axial foot style
Rod side flange style
Head side flange style
(1)
Clevis integrated style
(1)
Single clevis style
(1)
(5)
Double clevis style (3)
(2)
Rod side trunnion style
(2)
Head side trunnion style
Boss-cut basic style
Boss-cut flange style
Boss-cut trunnion style
Note 1) Mounting nuts are not attached for clevis integrated style, single clevis, and
double clevis styles.
Note 2) Trunnion nuts are attached for rod side trunnion and head side trunnion styles.
Note 3) Pin and retaining ring (cotter pin for bore size 40) are shipped together with
double clevis and double knuckle joint.
Note 4) Pin and retaining ring are shipped together with clevis pivot bracket.
Note 5) Clevis pins come with retaining rings (cotter pins for 40).
Mass
Bore size (mm)
Basic style
Axial foot style
Flange style
Clevis integrated style
Single clevis style
Basic
mass
Double clevis style
Trunnion style
Boss-cut basic style
Boss-cut flange style
Boss-cut trunnion style
Additional mass per each 50 mm of stroke
Clevis bracket (With pin)
Option
Single knuckle joint
bracket
Double knuckle joint (With pin)
(kg)
20
25
32
40
0.14
0.29
0.20
0.12
0.18
0.19
0.18
0.13
0.19
0.17
0.04
0.07
0.06
0.07
0.21
0.37
0.30
0.19
0.25
0.27
0.28
0.19
0.28
0.26
0.07
0.07
0.06
0.07
0.28
0.44
0.37
0.27
0.32
0.33
0.34
0.26
0.35
0.32
0.09
0.14
0.06
0.07
0.57
0.84
0.69
0.53
0.66
0.70
0.67
0.53
0.66
0.63
0.14
0.14
0.23
0.20
Caution
1. Avoid using the air cylinder in such a way that
rotational torque would be applied to the piston
rod.
If rotational torque is applied, the non-rotating guide
will become deformed, thus affecting the nonrotating accuracy.
Refer to the table below for the approximate values
of the allowable range of rotational torque.
Allowable rotational torque
20
25
32
40
(Nm or less)
0.2
0.25
0.25
0.44
CS2
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
173
Series
CM2K
Construction
Rubber bumper
Rod section
Rod section
Component Parts
No.
1
2A
2B
2C
3
4
5
Description
Rod cover
Head cover A
Head cover B
Head cover C
Cylinder tube
Piston
Piston rod
Material
Aluminum alloy
Aluminum alloy
Aluminum alloy
Aluminum alloy
Stainless steel
Aluminum alloy
Stainless steel
Non-rotating guide
7
8
Seal retainer
Retaining ring
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Clevis bushing
Copper oil-impregnated
sintered alloy
Bumper A
Bumper B
Clear anodized
Clear anodized
Clear anodized
Chromated
Copper oil-impregnated
sintered alloy
10
11
Note
Clear anodized
Description
Retaining ring
Piston seal
Piston gasket
Wear ring
Mounting nut
Rod end nut
Material
Stainless steel
NBR
NBR
Resin
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Note
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Urethane
Urethane
174
No.
12
13
14
15
16
17
NBR
Part no.
20
25
32
40
PDR-8W
PDR-10W
PDR-12W
PDR-14W
Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)
CM2K
Series
Stroke
2 x RcP
2 x NN
MM
AL
A
Effective
thread length
2 x FL
CJ1
NA
CJP
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
NA
2 x Eh8
CJ2
With rod boot
CM2
Boss-cut style
l
CG1
JH
MB
MB1
ZZ + Stroke
f
h
CA2
JW
ZZ + Stroke
CS1
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
45
WA
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
45
WA
N1
CS2
N1
(mm)
FL
H1
H2
KB
MM
NA
NN
13
10.5
41
28
8.2
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
260.033
13
10.5
45
33.5 10.2
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
0
0.033
13
10.5
45
37.5 12.2
M10 x 1.25
15
16
13.5
11
50
10
AL
B1
B2
20
18
15.5
13
26
200.033
25
22
19.5
17
32
32
22
19.5
17
32
26
40
24
21
22
41
320.039
M32 x 2
ZZ
B3
20
30
36
18
68
81
93
106
131 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
143
156
168
181
25
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
147
160
172
185
32
32
36
18
72
85
97
110
135 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
149
162
174
187
40
41
46
20
77
90
102
115
140 12.5
25
37.5
50
75
181
194
206
219
244
Bore
size (mm)
ke
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300
Boss-cut Style
Bore size
(mm)
ZZ
62
116
62
120
64
122
88
154
(mm)
Symbol
Stro
(mm)
ZZ
With rod boot
Without
rod boot 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300
JH
27
JW
10.5
N1
WA
20
17.5
13
25
17.5
13
20
103
130
143
155
168
193
32
17.5
13
25
107
134
147
159
172
197
40
21.5
16
32
109
136
149
161
174
199
40
138
165
178
190
203
228
D-
-X
175
Individual
-X
Technical
data
Series
CM2KW
20, 25, 32, 40
How to Order
Cylinder stroke (mm)
Mounting style
B
L
F
U
Basic style
Cushion
Nil
Rubber bumper
Air cushion
Made to Order
(Refer to page 177 for details.)
CM2KW L 40 150 A
With auto switch
Number of
auto switches
Bore size
20
25
32
40
20 mm
Nil
2 pcs.
25 mm
S
n
n pcs.
32 mm
1 pc.
40 mm
Auto switch
Type
Special function
Electrical
entry
Indicator
light
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1263 to 1371 for further information on auto switches.
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Yes
Grommet
Grommet
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Yes
Reed switch
Grommet
No Yes No Yes No
Yes
Load voltage
Wiring
(Output)
DC
AC
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
5V, 12V
2-wire
12V
3-wire (NPN)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
24V
5V, 12V
12V
5V,12V
2-wire
12V
4-wire (NPN)
5V, 12V
3-wire
(NPN equivalent)
2-wire
24V
5V
12V
100V
100V or less
100V, 200V
200V or less
24V or less
Auto switch
model
M9N
M9P
M9B
H7C
G39A
K39A
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
H7BA
H7NF
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
IC circuit
A96
IC circuit
A93
A90
B54
B64
C73C
C80C
A33A
A34A
A44A
B59W
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
PLC
100V, 200V
Relay,
DIN terminal
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet
Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order.
Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m Nil (Example) M9NW
D-A9V/M9V/M9WV and D-M9A(V)L cannot be mounted.
1 m M (Example) M9NWM
Do not indicate suffix N for no lead wire on D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A models.
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A/B54/B64 cannot be mounted on bore sizes 20 and
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ
25 cylinder with air cushion.
None N (Example) H7CN
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 218 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1328 and 1329.
D-A9/M9/M9W auto switches are shipped together (not assembled). (However, auto switch mounting brackets are assembled when being shipped.)
176
CM2KW
Series
Specifications
20
25
32
40
Action
Rubber bumper
Cushion
Action
Air
Fluid
Proof pressure
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.08 MPa
CJ1
CJP
Lubrication
CJ2
+1.4
0
mm
50 to 500 mm/s
Piston speed
0.27 J
0.4 J
0.65 J
CM2
1.2 J
CG1
Standard Stroke
Bore size
(mm)
MB
Accessory Bracket
20
25
32
MB1
CA2
CS1
40
Note 1) Other intermediate strokes can be manufactured upon receipt of order.
Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible.
(Spacers are not used.)
Note 2) The maximum limit is 500 stroke, but the products that exceed the
standard stroke might not be able to fulfill the specifications.
CS2
Specifications
XB6
XC3
XC6
Mounting
nut
Rod end
nut
(1 pc.)
(2 pcs.)
(2)
(2)
Flange style
(1)
(2)
Basic style
Option
Standard equipment
(2)
(2)
(1) (1)
Trunnion style
Note 1) Trunnion nuts are attached for trunnion style.
Note 2) Pin and retaining ring (cotter pin for bore size 40) are shipped together with
double knuckle joint.
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
177
Series
CM2KW
Mass
(kg)
20
25
32
40
Basic style
0.16
0.25
0.32
0.66
0.31
0.41
0.48
0.93
Flange style
0.22
0.34
0.41
0.78
Trunnion style
0.20
0.32
0.38
0.76
Basic
mass
Option
bracket
0.06
0.1
0.14
0.20
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.23
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.20
Precautions
Be sure to read before handling. Refer
to front matters 54 and 55 for Safety
Instructions and pages 3 to 11 for
Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.
Operating Precautions
Warning
1. Do not rotate the cover.
If a cover is rotated when installing a cylinder
or screwing a fitting into the port, it is likely to
damage the junction part with cover.
2. Do not operate with the cushion needle in
a fully closed condition.
Using it in the fully closed state will cause the
cushion seal to be damaged. When adjusting
the cushion needle, use the Hexagon wrench
key: nominal size 1.5.
3. Do not open the cushion needle wide
excessively.
If the cushion needle were set to be completely
wide (more than 3 turns from fully closed), it
would be equivalent to the cylinder with no
cushion, thus making the impacts extremely
high. Do not use it in such a way. Besides,
using with fully open could give damage to the
piston or cover.
Caution
1. Avoid using the air cylinder in such a way
that rotational torque would be applied to
the piston rod.
If rotational torque is applied, the nonrotating guide will become deformed, thus
affecting the non-rotating accuracy.
Refer to the table below for the approximate
values of the allowable range of rotational
torque.
Allowable rotational torque 20
(Nm or less)
0.2
25
32
40
0.25
0.25
0.44
178
Series
CM2KW
Copper/Fluorine-free
Stroke
Copper/fluorine-free
Refer to page 147 for the specifications and allowable kinetic energy
since this cylinder has the same specification as the double acting
double rod model.
Refer to page 147 for the specifications since this cylinder has the
same specification as the double acting double rod model.
CJ1
CJP
CJ2
Construction
CM2
Rubber bumper
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
CS2
Rod section
Rod section
Component Parts
No.
1
Description
Rod cover
Material
Note
Aluminum alloy
Clear anodized
Cylinder tube
Stainless steel
Piston
Aluminum alloy
Chromated
Piston rod A
Carbon steel
Piston rod B
Bushing
Non-rotating guide
Seal retainer A
Stainless steel
Seal retainer B
Carbon steel
Nickel plated
10
Retaining ring
Carbon steel
Phosphate coated
11
Bumper A
Urethane
12
Bumper B
Urethane
13
Piston seal
NBR
14
Piston gasket
NBR
15
mounting nut
Carbon steel
Nickel plated
16
Carbon steel
Nickel plated
Stainless steel
32
40
20
25
PDU-8Z
PDU-10Z
PDR-8W
PDU-12LZ PDU-14LZ
Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
179
Series
CM2KW
Stroke
2 x RcP
2 x NN
MM
MM
AL
A
K
H
S + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
NA
2 x Eh8
H + Stroke
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
45
NA
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
WA
WA
AL
A
45
(mm)
Bore size
AL
B1
B2
20
18
15.5
13
26
25
22
19.5
17
32
10
32
22
19.5
17
32
12
40
24
21
22
41
14
FL
H1
H2
KA
KB
MM
NA
NN
20 0.033 13
0
26 0.033 13
10.5
41
28
8.2
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
10.5
45
33.5 5.5
15
30
M26 x 1.5
0
26 0.033
0
32 0.033
13
10.5
45
37.5 5.5
10
15
16
13.5
11
50
10
46.5
12
E
0
ZZ
62
144
62
152
64
154
88
188
(mm)
Bore size
WA
20
17.5
13
25
17.5
13
32
17.5
13
40
21.5
16
180
Series
CM2K
20, 25, 32, 40
How to Order
Mounting style
Basic style
B
Axial foot style
L
F Rod side flange style
G Head side flange style
Single clevis style
C
Double clevis style
D
U Rod side trunnion style
UZ
CJP
CJ1
CJ2
Action
S
T
CM2
CG1
Made to Order
(Refer to page 182 for details.)
MB
CM2K L 32 150 S
With auto switch
MB1
CA2
Bore size
20
25
32
40
CS1
Number of
auto switches
Nil
2 pcs.
S
n
1 pc.
20 mm
25 mm
CS2
n pcs.
32 mm
Auto switch
40 mm
Type
Special function
Electrical
entry
Indicator
light
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1263 to 1371 for further information on auto switches.
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Yes
Grommet
Grommet
DC
5 V, 12 V
2-wire
12 V
3-wire (NPN)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
24 V
No Yes No Yes No
Yes
Terminal
conduit
Yes
Connector
3-wire
(NPN equivalent)
2-wire
5 V, 12 V
12 V
5 V, 12 V
12 V
4-wire (NPN)
Grommet
AC
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
2-wire
Reed switch
Load voltage
Wiring
(Output)
5 V, 12 V
24 V
5V
12 V
Auto switch
model
M9N
M9P
M9B
H7C
G39A
K39A
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
H7BA
H7NF
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
IC circuit
A96
IC circuit
100 V
100 V or less
100 V, 200 V
200 V or less
24 V or less
A93
A90
B54
B64
C73C
C80C
A33A
A34A
A44A
B59W
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
PLC
100 V, 200 V
Relay,
DIN terminal
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet
Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order.
Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m Nil (Example) M9NW
D-A9V/M9V/M9WV and D-M9A(V)L cannot be mounted.
1 m M (Example) M9NWM
Do not indicate suffix N for no lead wire on D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A models.
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ
None N (Example) H7CN
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 218 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1328 and 1329.
D-A9/M9/M9W auto switches are shipped together (not assembled). (However, auto switch mounting brackets are assembled when being shipped.)
181
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
Series
CM2K
Specifications
20
25
32
40
Action
Fluid
Air
Cushion
Rubber bumper
Proof pressure
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
Spring return
Minimum
operating pressure
Spring extend
0.18 MPa
0.23 MPa
50 to 500 mm/s
Piston speed
Allowable kinetic energy
0.27 J
0.4 J
0.65 J
1.2 J
Standard Stroke
Bore size (mm)
Spring extend
Note)
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
Axial foot
CM-L020B
CM-L032B
Flange
CM-F020B
CM-F032B
CM-F040B 1 flange
XC3
CM-C020B
CM-C032B
Single clevis
Double clevis
(with pins)
XC6
CM-D020B
CM-D032B
CM-D040B
CM-T020B
CM-T032B
Symbol
XC27
Specifications
Theoretical Output
Refer to Theoretical Output 1 on page 1573.
Precautions
Be sure to read before handling.
Refer to front matters 54 and 55 for
Safety Instructions and pages 3 to
11 for Actuator and Auto Switch
Precautions.
Boss-cut style
Boss for the head side cover bracket is
eliminated and the total length of cylinder is
shortened.
182
Mounting style
Boss-cut basic style (BZ)
Boss-cut flange style (FZ)
Boss-cut trunnion style (UZ)
Series
CM2K
Standard equipment
Mounting
nut
Mounting
Rod end
nut
Option
Clevis
pin
Single
knuckle
joint
Double (3)
knuckle
joint
(4)
Clevis
bracket
Basic style
Axial foot style
Rod side flange style
CJ1
(1)
(1)
(3)
CJP
(5)
(1)
CJ2
(2)
(2)
CM2
CG1
MB
Note 1) Mounting nuts are not attached for clevis integrated style, single clevis, and double clevis
styles.
Note 2) Trunnion nuts are attached for rod side trunnion and head side trunnion styles.
Note 3) Pin and retaining ring (cotter pin for bore size 40) are shipped together with double
clevis and double knuckle joint.
Note 4) Pin and retaining ring are shipped together with clevis pivot bracket.
Note 5) Clevis pins come with retaining rings (cotter pins for 40).
MB1
CA2
CS1
Mass
CS2
25
32
40
25 stroke
0.20 (0.19)
0.31 (0.30)
0.43 (0.41)
0.78 (0.75)
50 stroke
0.23 (0.21)
0.34 (0.33)
0.48 (0.45)
0.86 (0.83)
75 stroke
0.29 (0.25)
0.43 (0.41)
0.61 (0.56)
1.08 (0.99)
100 stroke
0.31 (0.27)
0.47 (0.44)
0.66 (0.60)
1.14 (1.06)
125 stroke
0.37 (0.32)
0.56 (0.52)
0.81 (0.72)
1.34 (1.23)
150 stroke
0.39 (0.34)
0.59 (0.55)
0.85 (0.76)
1.39 (1.31)
200 stroke
()
()
1.04 (0.92)
1.71 (1.54)
250 stroke
()
()
()
2.00 (1.78)
Foot style
0.15 (0.15)
0.16 (0.16)
0.16 (0.16)
0.27 (0.27)
Flange style
0.06 (0.06)
0.09 (0.09)
0.09 (0.09)
0.12 (0.12)
0.04 (0.04)
0.04 (0.04)
0.04 (0.04)
0.09 (0.09)
0.05 (0.05)
0.06 (0.06)
0.06 (0.06)
0.13 (0.13)
Trunnion style
0.04 (0.04)
0.07 (0.07)
0.07 (0.07)
0.10 (0.10)
0.02 (0.02)
0.02 (0.02)
0.01 (0.01)
0.04 (0.04)
0.01 (0.01)
0.02 (0.02)
0.02 (0.02)
0.03 (.03)
0.05 (0.05)
0.07 (0.07)
0.07 (0.07)
0.09 (0.09)
0.03 (0.03)
0.05 (0.05)
0.05 (0.05)
0.07 (0.07)
0.07 (0.07)
0.07 (0.07)
0.14 (0.14)
0.14 (0.14)
0.06 (0.06)
0.06 (0.06)
0.06 (0.06)
0.23 (0.23)
0.07 (0.07)
0.07 (0.07)
0.07 (0.07)
0.20 (0.20)
Basic
mass
Mounting
bracket
mass
Option
bracket
(kg)
Calculation:
(Example) CM2KL32-100S (Bore size 32, Foot style, 100 stroke)
0.66 (Basic mass) + 0.16 (Mounting bracket mass) = 0.82 kg
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
183
Series
CM2K
Copper/Fluorine-free
20-CM2K Mounting style Bore size
Stroke Action
Copper/fluorine-free
The type which prevents copper based ions from generating by
changing the copper based materials into electroless nickel plated
treatment or non-copper materials in order to eliminate the effects by
copper based ions or fluororesins over the color cathode ray tube.
Specifications
Single acting, Spring return Single acting, Spring extend
Action
1.0 MPa
0.18 MPa
50 to 500 mm/s
Piston speed
Mounting
0.23 MPa
Rubber bumper
Cushion
Construction
Spring return
Rod section
Spring extend
Rod section
Component Parts
No.
1
2A
2B
2C
3
4
5
6
Description
Rod cover
Head cover A
Head cover B
Head cover C
Cylinder tube
Piston
Piston rod
Non-rotating guide
Material
Aluminum alloy
Aluminum alloy
Aluminum alloy
Aluminum alloy
Stainless steel
Aluminum alloy
Stainless steel
Note
Clear anodized
Clear anodized
Clear anodized
Clear anodized
Chromated
Copper oil-impregnated
sintered alloy
Nickel plated
Carbon steel
Seal retainer
7
Zinc chromated
Steel wire
Return spring
8
Chromated
Aluminum alloy
Spring guide
9
Chromated
Aluminum alloy
Spring seat
10
Black zinc chromated
Alloy steel
Plug with fixed orifice
11
Basic style, Boss-cut style, Clevis integrated style
No.
12
Description
Retaining ring
13
Clevis bushing
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Bumper
Bumper A
Bumper B
Retaining ring
Piston seal
Piston gasket
Wear ring
Mounting nut
Rod end nut
Note
Phosphate coated
Material
Carbon steel
Copper oil-impregnated
sintered alloy
Urethane
Urethane
Urethane
Stainless steel
NBR
NBR
Resin
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Rod seal
NBR
Part no.
20
25
32
40
PDR-8W
PDR-10W
PDR-12W
PDR-14W
*Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part no.:GR-S-010(10g)
184
CM2K
Series
Stroke
S
T
Spring return
Width
Width across flats KB across
flats B2 H2 G Plug with fixed orifice
Width across flats B1 H1
2 x NN
RcP
MM
AL
A
2 x FL
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
CJ1
NA
2 x Eh8
CJP
NA
CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB
Spring extend
MB1
CA2
Plug with fixed orifice
RcP
2 x NN
MM
CS1
CS2
NA
2 x Eh8
Effective thread
length
AL
A
2 x FL
N
S + Stroke
ZZ + 2 x Stroke
H + Stroke
NA
Boss-cut style
(mm)
E
Bore size
AL
B1
B2
20
18
15.5
13
26
20 0.033
25
22
19.5
17
32
26 0.033
32
22
19.5
17
32
26 0.033
40
24
21
22
41
32 0.039
0
0
0
0
FL
H1
H2
KB
MM
NA
NN
13
10.5
41
28
8.2
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
13
10.5
45
33.5
10.2
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
13
10.5
45
37.5
12.2
M10 x 1.25
15
34.5
M26 x 1.5
16
13.5
11
50
10
46.5
14.2
M14 x 1.5
21.5
42.5
M32 x 2
Dimensions by Stroke
Bore size
Stroke
Sym
bol
1 to 50
ZZ
S
(mm)
51 to 100
ZZ
S
101 to 150
ZZ
S
151 to 200
ZZ
S
201 to 250
ZZ
S
20
87
141
112
166
137
191
25
87
145
112
170
137
195
32
89
147
114
172
139
197
164
222
40
113
179
138
204
163
229
188
254
213
279
Boss-cut Style
Bore size
20
25
32
40
Stroke
Sym
bol
1 to 50
P
8
8
8
4
(mm)
51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 250
ZZ
ZZ
ZZ
ZZ
ZZ
128
153
178
132
157
182
134
159
184
209
163
188
213
238
263
D-
-X
External dimensions of each mounting bracket other than basic style are the same as standard
type, single acting, spring return/spring extend (except piston rod configuration). Refer to pages
163 to 170.
Specifications with auto switch are the same as standard type (CDM2- S/T).
185
Individual
-X
Technical
data
Series
CM2R
20, 25, 32, 40
How to Order
Cylinder stroke (mm)
Nil
Cushion
Nil
Rubber bumper
Type
Air cushion
Pneumatic
Air-hydro
Made to Order
(Refer to page 187 for details.)
CM2
With auto switch
R A 20 100 A
CDM2
R A 20 100 A M9BW
Number of
auto switches
Mounting style
With auto switch
(Built-in magnet)
Nil
2 pcs.
S
n
n pcs.
Bore size
20
25
32
40
1 pc.
Auto switch
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
Type
Special function
Electrical
entry
Indicator
light
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1263 to 1371 for further information on auto switches.
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Yes
Grommet
Grommet
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Yes
Reed switch
Grommet
No Yes No Yes No
Yes
Load voltage
Wiring
(Output)
DC
AC
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
5V, 12V
2-wire
12V
3-wire (NPN)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
24V
5V, 12V
12V
5V,12V
2-wire
12V
4-wire (NPN)
5V, 12V
3-wire
(NPN equivalent)
2-wire
24V
5V
12V
100V
100V or less
100V, 200V
200V or less
24V or less
100V, 200V
Auto switch
model
M9N
M9P
M9B
H7C
G39A
K39A
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
H7BA
H7NF
A96
A93
A90
B54
B64
C73C
C80C
A33A
A34A
A44A
B59W
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
PLC
Relay,
DIN terminal
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet
Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order.
Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m Nil (Example) M9NW
D-A9V/M9V/M9WV and D-M9A(V)L cannot be mounted.
1 m M (Example) M9NWM
Do not indicate suffix N for no lead wire on D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A models.
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A/B54/B64 cannot be mounted on bore sizes 20 and
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ
25 cylinder with air cushion.
None N (Example) H7CN
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 218 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1328 and 1329.
D-A9/M9/M9W auto switches are shipped together (not assembled). (However, auto switch mounting brackets are assembled when being shipped.)
186
Improved installation
accuracy and strength
Series
CM2R
Specifications
20
25
Action
32
40
Fluid
Air
Proof pressure
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.05 MPa
Without auto switch: 10 to 70C (No freezing)
With auto switch: 10 to 60C (No freezing)
CJ1
Cushion
Allowable
kinetic energy Air cushion
(Effective cushion length (mm))
CJ2
0.27 J
0.4 J
0.65 J
1.2 J
0.54 J
(11.0)
0.78 J
(11.0)
1.27 J
(11.0)
2.35 J
(11.8)
CM2
CG1
MB
Standard Stroke
Bore size (mm)
20
1000
25
1500
32
2000
40
2000
MB1
CA2
CS1
CJP
CS2
Tightening Torque: Tighten the cylinder mounting bolts for the bottom mounting
Style (Series CM2RA) with the following tightening torque.
JIS Symbol
Double acting
Tightening torque(N m)
20
M5 x 0.8
2.4 to 3.6
25
M6
4.2 to 6.2
32
M8
10.0 to 15.0
40
M10
19.6 to 29.4
Specifications
XB7
XB9
XC5
XC6
XC8
XC9
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
187
CM2R
Series
Accessory
Accessory
Option
Standard equipment
Rod end nut
Mounting
Mass
(kg)
20
25
32
40
0.14
0.23
0.32
0.62
0.14
0.22
0.32
0.61
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.13
Calculation: (Example)CM2RA32-100
(32, 100 stroke, Bottom mounting)
Basic mass0.32kg
Additional mass0.08kg
Cylinder stroke100mm
0.32 + 0.08 x 100/50 = 0.48kg
Clean Series
Precautions
Be sure to read before handling. Refer to front
matters 54 and 55 for Safety Instructions and pages
3 to 11 for Actuator and Auto Switch Precautions.
Stroke
The type which is applicable for using inside the clean room
graded Class 100 by making an actuators rod section a double
seal construction and discharging by relief port directly to the
outside of clean room.
Operating Precautions
Warning
1. Do not rotate the cover.
If a cover is rotated when installing a cylinder or screwing a
fitting into the port, it is likely to damage the junction part with
cover.
2. Do not operate with the cushion needle in a fully closed
condition.
Using it in the fully closed state will cause the cushion seal to
be damaged. When adjusting the cushion needle, use the
Hexagon wrench key: nominal size 1.5.
3. Do not open the cushion needle wide excessively.
If the cushion needle were set to be completely wide (more
than 3 turns from fully closed), it would be equivalent to the
cylinder with no cushion, thus making the impacts extremely
high. Do not use it in such a way. Besides, using with fully open
could give damage to the piston or cover.
4. In the case of exceeding the standard stroke length,
implement an intermediate support.
When using cylinder with longer stroke, implement an
intermediate support for preventing the joint of rod cover and
cylinder tube from being broken by vibration or external load.
Specifications
Action
1.0 MPa
0.05 MPa
Cushion
M5 x 0.8
Piston speed
30 to 400 mm/s
Mounting
Construction
Caution
1. Not able to disassemble.
Cover and cylinder tube are connected to each other by
caulking method, thus making it impossible to disassemble.
Therefore, internal parts of a cylinder other than rod seal are
not replaceable.
2. Use caution to the popping of a retaining ring.
When replacing rod seals and removing and mounting a
retaining ring, use a proper tool (retaining ring plier: tool for
installing a type C retaining ring). Even if a proper tool is used,
it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral
equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a
plier. Be much careful with the popping of a retaining ring.
Besides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into
the groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of
installment.
3. Do not touch the cylinder during operation.
Use caution when handling a cylinder, which is running at a
high speed and a high frequency, because the surface of a
cylinder tube could get so hot enough as to cause you get
burned.
4. Do not use an air cylinder as an air-hydro cylinder.
If it uses turbine oil in place of fluids for cylinder, it may result
in oil leakage.
188
M5 x 0.8
Relief port
GC
M5 x 0.8
Relief port
GC
(mm)
Bore size (mm) GC
20
6
6
25
7
32
9
40
For details, refer to the separate catalog, Pneumatic Clean Series.
Air-hydro
CM2HR Mounting style Bore size
Series
CM2R
Copper/Fluorine-free
Stroke
Air-hydro
A low hydraulic pressure cylinder used at a pressures of 1.0
MPa or below.
Through the concurrent use of a CC series air-hydro unit, it is
possible to operate at a constant or low speeds or to effect an
intermediate stop, just like a hydraulic unit, while using
pneumatic equipment such as a valve.
CJ1
CJP
CJ2
CM2
Specifications
Air-hydro
Type
Turbine oil
Fluid
Action
Double acting, Single rod
20, 25, 32, 40
Bore size (mm)
1.5 MPa
Proof pressure
1.0 MPa
Max. operating pressure
0.18 MPa
Min. operating pressure
15 to 300 mm/s
Piston speed
Rubber bumper
Cushion
Ambient and fluid temperature
Thread tolerance
+1.4
mm
0
Stroke length tolerance
Bottom mounting style, Front mounting style
Mounting
Auto switches can be mounted. Dimensions are the same as the standard
type of Series CM2R.
Specifications
Action
Bore size (mm)
Max. operating pressure
Min. operating pressure
CG1
Double acting, Single rod
MB
MB1
0.05 MPa
Cushion
Rubber bumper
Piston speed
50 to 750 mm/s
CA2
CS1
Mounting
CS2
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
189
Series
CM2R
Construction
Rubber bumper
Air-hydro
Component Parts
No.
Description
Material
Note
Rod cover
Aluminum alloy
Clear anodized
Head cover
Aluminum alloy
Clear anodized
Cylinder tube
Stainless steel
Piston
Aluminum alloy
Chromated
Piston rod
Carbon steel
Bushing
Seal retainer
Retaining ring
Bumper A
Urethane
10
Bumper B
Urethane
11
Retaining ring
12
Piston seal
13
Piston gasket
NBR
14
Wear ring
Resin
15
Rod seal
NBR
Stainless steel
Carbon steel
Phosphate coated
25
32
PDU-8Z
PDU-10Z
20
25
32
40
HDU-8
HDU-10
HDU-12L
HDU-14
40
PDU-12LZ PDU-14LZ
16
Rod seal
NBR
Part no.
Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)
Stainless steel
NBR
Carbon steel
Part no.
20
Air-hydro
No. Description Material
Nickel plated
For proper auto switch mounting position (at stroke end), refer to pages 215
to 217, since the operating range is the same as standard type, single rod.
190
Series
CM2R
Stroke
X
2 x LD
2 x RcP
GA
Y
GB
H1
MM
LH
ND
D
CJ1
Width across
flats KA
LX
L
CJP
CJ2
AL
A K
H
NB
NA
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
CM2
CG1
With air cushion
MB
MB1
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
13
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
WA
CA2
45
WB
CS1
CS2
NB
NA
(mm)
Bore size
Stroke range
20
1 to 150
25
1 to 200
32
1 to 200
40
1 to 300
(mm)
Bore size
B1
GA GB
H1
KA
20
18 15.5 30.3 13
22
27
28
33.5
25
22 19.5 36.3 17
10
22
31
33.5 5.5
39
32
22 19.5 42.3 17
12
22
31
37.5 5.5
10
47
40
24
21 52.3 22
14
27
11
34
46.5
AL
12 58.5
LD
5.5, 9.5 counterbore
depth 6.5
6.6, 11 counterbore
depth 7.5
9, 14 counterbore
depth 10
11, 17.5 counterbore
depth 12.5
LH LX
MM
NA NB
76
39
12 103
1
8
0
1
26 0.033 8
0
32 0.039 1 4
ND
0
P
1
ZZ
15
21
M8 x 1.25
24
29
15 20 0.033
18
25
M10 x 1.25
30
29
15 26 0.033
76
43
12 107
21
30
15
78
43
12 109
26
38
104 49
15 138
(mm)
Bore size
NA
NB
WA
WB
20
31.5
17.5
27
13
8.5
25
31.5
17.5
27
13
10.5
32
31.5
17.5
27
13
11.5
40
37.5
21.5
32
16
15
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
191
Series
CM2R
Stroke
Width across
flats B1
GB
2 x RcP
H1
F
FX
ND
D
MM
GA
Width across
flats KA
FX
F
AL
K
A
H
NB
NA
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
13
WA
WB
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
45
NB
NA
Bore size
(mm)
Stroke range
20
1 to 150
25
1 to 200
32
1 to 200
40
1 to 300
(mm)
H1
KA
MM
NA
NB
27
28
M8 x 1.25
24
29
22
31
33.5 5.5
M10 x 1.25
30
29
15 20 0.033
0
15 26 0.033
22
31
37.5 5.5
10
27
11
34
46.5
Bore size
AL
B1
FF
FX
GA GB
20
18
15.5
13
30.4
M5 x 0.8 depth 9
22
22
25
22
19.5
17
10
36.4
M6 x 1 depth 11
26
32
22
19.5
17
12
42.4
M6 x 1 depth 11
30
40
24
21
22
14
(mm)
Bore size
NA
NB
WA
WB
20
31.5
17.5
27
13
8.5
25
31.5
17.5
27
13
10.5
32
31.5
17.5
27
13
11.5
40
37.5
21.5
32
16
15
192
12
29
ND
0
15 26 0.033
0
M14 x 1.5 42.5 37.5 21.5 32 0.039
ZZ
76
103
76
107
78
109
P
1
1
1
1
104 138
Series
CM2RK
20, 25, 32, 40
How to Order
CJ1
CJP
CJ2
Made to Order
(Refer to page 194 for details.)
CM2
CM2RK A 20 100
CG1
With auto switch
A
B Front mounting style
Bore size
20
25
32
40
MB1
Number of
auto switches
MB
Nil
2 pcs.
S
n
n pcs.
CA2
1 pc.
CS1
CS2
Auto switch
20 mm
Nil
Without auto switch
For the applicable auto switch model,
refer to the table below.
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
Type
Special function
Electrical
entry
Indicator
light
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1263 to 1371 for further information on auto switches.
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Yes
Grommet
Grommet
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Yes
Reed switch
Grommet
No Yes No Yes No
Yes
Load voltage
Wiring
(Output)
AC
DC
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
5V, 12V
2-wire
12V
3-wire (NPN)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
24V
5V, 12V
12V
5V,12V
2-wire
12V
4-wire (NPN)
5V, 12V
3-wire
(NPN equivalent)
2-wire
24V
5V
12V
100V
100V or less
100V, 200V
200V or less
24V or less
Auto switch
model
M9N
M9P
M9B
H7C
G39A
K39A
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
H7BA
H7NF
A96
A93
A90
B54
B64
C73C
C80C
A33A
A34A
A44A
B59W
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
PLC
100V, 200V
Relay,
DIN terminal
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet
Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order.
Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m Nil (Example) M9NW
D-A9V/M9V/M9WV and D-M9A(V)L cannot be mounted.
1 m M (Example) M9NWM
Do not indicate suffix N for no lead wire on D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A models.
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ
None N (Example) H7CN
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 218 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1328 and 1329.
D-A9/M9/M9W auto switches are shipped together (not assembled). (However, auto switch mounting brackets are assembled when being shipped.)
193
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
Series
CM2RK
20, 25
0.7
32, 40
0.5
Space-saving configuration
Improved installation
accuracy and strength
Specifications
20
25
32
40
Fluid
Air
Proof pressure
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.05 MPa
50 to 500 mm/s
Cushion
Rubber bumper
0.27 J
0.4 J
0.65 J
1.2 J
Standard Stroke
Standard stroke (mm) (1)
20
25
32
40
Tightening Torque: Tighten the cylinder mounting bolts for the bottom mounting
Style (Series CM2RA) with the following tightening torque.
JIS Symbol
Double acting
Tightening torque(N m)
20
M5 x 0.8
2.4 to 3.6
25
M6
4.2 to 6.2
32
M8
10.0 to 15.0
40
M10
19.6 to 29.4
Specifications
XC3
XC6
XC8
XC9
194
Series
CM2RK
Copper/Fluorine-free
20-CM2RK Mounting style Bore size
Precautions
Stroke
Copper/fluorine-free
Caution on Handling/Disassembly
CJ1
Warning
Specifications
Action
1.0 MPa
0.05 MPa
Cushion
Rubber bumper
Piston speed
50 to 500 mm/s
Mounting
Caution
Accessory
Accessory Standard equipment
Mounting
Bottom mounting style
Option
Single knuckle joint Double knuckle joint (With pin)
Mass
(kg)
20
25
32
40
0.14
0.23
0.32
0.63
0.14
0.22
0.32
0.62
0.04
0.07
0.09
0.14
Basic
mass
CJP
CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
CS2
20
25
32
40
0.2
0.25
0.25
0.44
195
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
Series
CM2RK
Construction
Rod section
Component Parts
No.
Description
Material
Note
Rod cover
Aluminum alloy
Clear anodized
Head cover
Aluminum alloy
Clear anodized
Cylinder tube
Stainless steel
Piston
Aluminum alloy
Piston rod
Stainless steel
Non-rotating guide
Seal retainer
Carbon steel
Nickel plated
Retaining ring
Carbon steel
Phosphate coated
Urethane
Bumper A
10
Bumper B
11
Retaining ring
12
Piston seal
13
Piston gasket
NBR
14
Wear ring
Resin
15
196
Chromated
Urethane
Stainless steel
NBR
Carbon steel
Nickel plated
Rod seal
NBR
Part no.
20
25
32
40
PDR-8W
PDR-10W
PDR-12W
PDR-14W
Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)
Series
CM2RK
Stroke
X
GB
H1
LH
ND
MM
CJ1
CJP
Width across
flats KB
LX
L
2 x RcP
GA
Y
2 x LD
AL
A
H
NB
NA
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
CJ2
(mm)
Bore size
Stroke range
20
1 to 150
25
1 to 200
32
1 to 200
40
1 to 300
CM2
CG1
MB
(mm)
A
AL
GA GB
H1
20
18 15.5 30.3 13
22
27
28
25
22 19.5 36.3 17
22
31
33.5 10.2 39
32
22 19.5 42.3 17
22
31
37.5 12.2 47
40
24
21 52.3 22
27
11
34
Bore size
B1
KB
8.2 33.5
LD
LH LX
MM
NA NB
15
21
M8 x 1.25
24
29
15 20 00.033
ND
18
25
M10 x 1.25
30
29
15 26 00.033
21
30
0
15 26 0.033
26
38
76
39
12 103
ZZ
76
43
12 107
78
43
12 109
104
49
15 138
MB1
CA2
CS1
CS2
Stroke
Width across
flats KB
Width across
flats B1
4 x FF
F
FX
ND
MM
GB
2 x RcP
GA
H1
FX
F
AL
A
H
NB
NA
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Bore size
Stroke range
20
1 to 150
25
1 to 200
32
1 to 200
40
1 to 300
(mm)
Bore size
AL
B1
FF
FX
GA
GB
H1
KB
MM
NA
NB
ND
20
18
15.5
13
30.4
M5 x 0.8 depth 9
22
22
27
28
8.2
M8 x 1.25
24
29
15
20 00.033
25
22
19.5
17
36.4
M6 x 1 depth 11
26
22
31
30
29
15
26 00.033
32
22
19.5
17
42.4
M6 x 1 depth 11
30
22
31
34.5
29
15
26 00.033
40
24
21
22
36
27
11
34
32 00.039
ZZ
76
103
76
107
78
109
104 138
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
197
Series
CM2Q
20, 25, 32, 40
,,
Use the new Smooth Cylinder Series CM2Y
to realize both-direction low friction and lowspeed operation.
(Refer to Best Pneumatics No. 3.)
How to Order
Mounting style
Basic style
B
Axial foot style
L
F Rod side flange style
G Head side flange style
Single clevis style
C
Double clevis style
D
U Rod side trunnion style
UZ
Made to Order
CM2Q L 40 150 F
With auto switch
198
Auto switch
Bore size
20
25
32
40
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
Nil
Number of
auto switches
Nil
2 pcs.
S
n
n pcs.
1 pc.
Series
CM2
P
20, 25, 32, 40
How to Order
CJ1
CJP
Mounting style
B
F
U
CJ2
Rod boot
Basic style
Rod side flange style
Rod side trunnion style
Nil
None
J
K
CM2
Nylon tarpaulin
CG1
Made to Order
(Refer to page 200 for details.)
CM2 F 32
P 150
CDM2 F 32
P 150
MB
MB1
CA2
M9BW
CS1
Number of
auto switches
20
25
32
40
2 pcs.
S
n
n pcs.
Bore size
Nil
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
Nil
Rc
TN
TF
NPT
CS2
1 pc.
Auto switch
40 mm
Special function
Electrical
entry
Grommet
Connector
Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Yes
Type
Indicator
light
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1263 to 1371 for further information on auto switches.
Grommet
Yes
Connector
Reed switch
Grommet
AC
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
5V, 12V
2-wire
12V
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
24V
3-wire
(NPN equivalent)
5V, 12V
12V
4-wire (NPN)
DC
2-wire
Load voltage
Wiring
(Output)
5V, 12V
5V
24V
12V
A96
100V
A93
A90
B54
B64
C73C
C80C
B59W
100V, 200V
200V or less
24V or less
M9N
M9P
M9B
H7C
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
H7BA
H7NF
100V or less
2-wire
Auto switch
model
Pre-wired
0.5 1 3 5 None connector Applicable load
(Nil) (M) (L) (Z) (N)
IC circuit
Relay,
IC circuit PLC
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
D-
Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order.
Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m Nil (Example) M9NW
D-A9V/M9V/M9WV and D-M9A(V)L cannot be mounted.
1 m M (Example) M9NWM
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ
None N (Example) H7CN
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 218 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1328 and 1329.
D-A9/M9/M9W auto switches are shipped together (not assembled). (However, auto switch mounting brackets are assembled when being shipped.)
199
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
Series
CM2 P
Specifications
20
25
Action
32
40
Fluid
Air
Proof pressure
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.05 MPa
Lubrication
+1.4
0
mm
Rubber bumper
Cushion
Piston speed
50 to 700
mm/s
50 to 650
mm/s
50 to 590
mm/s
50 to 420
mm/s
0.27 J
0.4 J
0.65 J
1.2 J
Standard Stroke
(2)
Bore size
(mm)
JIS Symbol
Double acting,
Single rod
20
25
32
1000
40
Note 1) Other intermediate strokes can be manufactured upon receipt of order.
Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible.
(Spacers are not used.)
Note 2) When exceeding 300 strokes, the allowable maximum stroke length is
determined by the stroke selection table (front matter 28).
Specifications
Mounting
XA
XC4
Basic style
XC6
Rod side
Flange side style
(1)
Rod side
trunnion style
(1)
Option
Pin and retaining ring (cotter pin for bore size 40) are shipped together with double knuckle
joint.
Precautions
Be sure to read before handling.
Refer to front matters 54 and 55 for
Safety Instructions and pages 3 to
11 for Actuator and Auto Switch
Precautions.
Min.
order
20
CM-F020B
CM-F032B
CM-F040B
1 flange
CM-T020B
CM-T032B
CM-T040B
25
32
40
200
Nylon tarpaulin
Mass
(kg)
Bore size (mm)
25
32
40
Basic style
0.14
0.21
0.27
0.58
0.20
0.30
0.36
0.70
0.18
0.28
0.33
0.68
0.05
0.08
0.10
0.17
Option
bracket
20
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.23
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.20
Stroke
Copper/fluorine-free
Basic
mass
CM2 P
Copper/Fluorine-free
Series
CJ1
CJP
CJ2
CM2
Specifications
CG1
Double acting, Single rod
Action
Max. operating pressure
1.0 MPa
0.05 MPa
Piston speed
MB
20
50 to 700 mm/s
25
50 to 650 mm/s
32
50 to 590 mm/s
40
50 to 420 mm/s
Mounting
MB1
CA2
CS1
CS2
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
201
Series
CM2 P
Construction
Component Parts
Description
Material
Note
No.
Rod cover
Aluminum alloy
Clear anodized
13
Description
Retaining ring
Head cover
Aluminum alloy
Clear anodized
14
Piston seal
Cylinder tube
Stainless steel
15
Piston gasket
NBR
Piston
Aluminum alloy
Chromated
16
Gasket
Resin
Piston rod
Carbon steel
Bushing
Seal retainer
Retaining ring
Carbon steel
Pipe
Aluminum alloy
10
Stud
Brass
11
Bumper A
Urethane
12
Bumper B
Urethane
No.
Material
Note
Stainless steel
NBR
17
Pipe gasket
18
Spacer gasket
Resin
Stainless steel
19
Wear ring
Resin
Phosphate coated
20
mounting nut
Carbon steel
Nickel plated
Clear anodized
21
Carbon steel
Nickel plated
Urethane rubber
Except 25
Description
Part no.
Material
32
40
20
25
22
Rod seal
NBR
PDU-8Z PDU-10Z PDU-12LZ PDU-14Z
Since the seal kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately.
Grease pack part no.: GR-S-010 (10 g)
20
Stroke
20
25
H1
32 to 40
H2
NA
G G
Width across
flats B1
Width across
flats KA
NN
AL
A
MM
K
H
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
NA
(mm)
Bore size
AL
H1
H2
KA
MM
NA
NN
41
28
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
45
33.5 5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
12 26 00.033 13 10.5 9 45
14 32 00.039 16 13.5 10.5 50
37.5 5.5
10
M10 x 1.25
10 46.5
12
M14 x 1.5
21.5 42.5
B2
20
18 15.5 13
26
25
22 19.5 17
32
0
20 0.033 13 10.5
10 26 00.033 13 10.5
32
22 19.5 17
32
40
24
41
21
22
FL
B1
M32 x 2
QY
ZZ
19.8 14
62 103
14
62 107
25.8 16
64 109
29.8 16
88 138
22
The dimensions of air cylinders with a rod boot are the same as the standard,
double acting/single rod boss-cut style. Refer to page 135.
202
Series
CM2 P
20
20
Stroke
25
Z
NN
20 to 32
C2
F Width across
H2 flats B2
H1
CJ1
P
(Head side pressure port)
MM
2 x FD
FX
FZ
AL
A
Mounting hole
40
K FT
H
CJP
CJ2
NA
G G
FB
CM2
QY
NA
N
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
P
CG1
MB
32 to 40
FY
MB1
CA2
4 x FD
Mounting hole
Bore size
A AL B1 B2 C2
F FB FD FT FX FY FZ G
20
18 15.5 13 26 30
13 34
60 75 41
25
22 19.5 17 32 37 10 13 40
60 75 45
8 33.5 5.5 8
32
22 19.5 17 32 37 12 13 40
60 75
40
24 21 22 41 47.3 14 16 52
66 36 82 10.5 50
H1 H2
45
I
28
K KA
5
MM
N NA
NN
(mm)
Z ZZ
Q QY S
CS1
19.8 14 62 37 103
8
8
22 14 62 41 107
25.8 16 64 41 109
CS2
Stroke
20
20
25
32 to 40
P
(Head side pressure port)
H1
G G
NA
TY
TD
TX
TZ
MM
AL
A
TT
K
Z
H
QY
NA
(Rod side
pressure port)
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
A
AL
B1
B2
20
18 15.5 13
26
25
22 19.5 17
32
22 19.5 17
Bore size
40
24
21
22
H1
KA
MM
NA
NN
41
28
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
32
10
45
33.5 5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
32
12
45
37.5 5.5 10
M10 x 1.25
41
14 10.5 50
46.5
12
QY
TD TT TX TY TZ
19.8 14
62
10
32
32
52
36 103
22
14
62
10
40
40
60
40 107
25.8 16
64
10
40
40
60
40 109
D-
ZZ
203
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
Series
CBM2
20, 25, 32, 40
How to Order
CBM2 L 40 150
With auto switch
H N
H N M9BW
CDBM2 L 40 150
Mounting style
B
L
F
G
C
D
U
T
Basic style
Axial foot style
Rod side flange style
Head side flange style
Single clevis style
N
L
Bore size
20
25
32
40
Lock type
20 mm
25 mm
Lock position
32 mm
H
R
W
40 mm
Non-lock type
Rod boot
Cushion
Nil
Rubber bumper
Air cushion
Nil
2 pcs.
S
n
n pcs.
1 pc.
Number of
auto switches
Nil
None
J
K
Nylon tarpaulin
Heat resistant tarpaulin
Auto switch
Without auto switch
Nil
For the applicable auto switch
model, refer to the table
below.
Made to Order
(Refer to page 205 for details.)
Type
Special function
Electrical
entry
Indicator
light
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1263 to 1371 for further information on auto switches.
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Yes
Grommet
Grommet
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Yes
Reed switch
Grommet
No Yes No Yes No
Yes
Load voltage
Wiring
(Output)
AC
DC
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
5V, 12V
2-wire
12V
3-wire (NPN)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
24V
5V, 12V
12V
5V,12V
2-wire
12V
4-wire (NPN)
5V, 12V
3-wire
(NPN equivalent)
2-wire
24V
5V
12V
100V
100V or less
100V, 200V
200V or less
24V or less
Auto switch
model
M9N
M9P
M9B
H7C
G39A
K39A
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
H7BA
H7NF
A96
A93
A90
B54
B64
C73C
C80C
A33A
A34A
A44A
B59W
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
PLC
100V, 200V
Relay,
DIN terminal
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet
Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order.
Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m Nil (Example) M9NW
D-A9V/M9V/M9WV and D-M9A(V)L cannot be mounted.
1 m M (Example) M9NWM
Do not indicate suffix N for no lead wire on D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A models.
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A/B54/B64 cannot be mounted on bore sizes 20 and
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ
25 cylinder with air cushion.
None N (Example) H7CN
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 218 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1328 and 1329.
D-A9/M9/M9W auto switches are shipped together (not assembled). (However, auto switch mounting brackets are assembled when being shipped.)
204
Series CBM2
Specifications
20
25
32
40
Pneumatic
Double acting, Single rod
Air
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.15 MPa
CJ1
CJP
CJ2
CM2
CG1
Lock Specifications
MB
Lock position
MB1
CA2
CS1
Air
cushion
CS2
20
25
32
40
0.27
0.4
0.65
1.2
11.0
11.0
11.0
11.8
2.09
3.30
5.86
9.08
Kinetic energy
absorbable (J)
0.54
0.78
1.27
2.35
Specifications
Standard Stroke
XB9
XC6
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
32
40
Standard stroke
(mm)
Long stroke
(mm)
Maximum manufacturable
stroke (mm)
400
450
1000
450
500
Long stroke applies to the axial foot style and the rod side flange style only.
When using other types of mounting brackets or exceeding the long stroke limit, the
maximum allowable stroke will be determined by the stroke selection table listed on front
matter 28.
Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
25, 50, 75, 100,
125, 150, 200, 250
300
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
205
Series CBM2
Accessory/For details, refer to pages 144 and 145, since it is the same as Series CM2 standard type.
Standard
equipment
Mounting nut, Rod end nut, Clevis pin, Lock release bolt (N type only)
Option
Mass
Basic
mass
(kg)
20
25
32
40
Basic style
0.14
0.21
0.28
0.56
0.29
0.37
0.44
0.83
Flange style
0.20
0.30
0.37
0.68
Single clevis
0.18
0.25
0.32
0.65
0.19
0.27
0.33
0.69
Trunnion style
0.18
0.28
0.34
0.66
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.13
0.07
0.07
0.14
0.14
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.23
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.20
(kg)
20
25
32
40
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.04
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.06
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.06
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.04
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.10
Min.
order
20
25
32
40
Axial foot
CM-L020B
CM-L032B
CM-L040B
Flange
CM-F020B
CM-F032B
CM-F040B
1 flange
Single clevis
CM-C020B
CM-C032B
CM-C040B
CM-D020B
CM-D032B
CM-D040B
CM-T020B
CM-T032B
CM-T040B
206
Symbol
Nylon tarpaulin
Mounting nuts are not equipped to single clevis and double clevis.
Series CBM2
Stroke
Specifications
Dimensions
Action
20
25
32
40
1.0 MPa
0.15 MPa
Cushion
Rubber bumper
Piston speed
50 to 750 mm/s
Mounting
Bore size
(mm)
Lock position
ZZ
41
144
45
152
45
154
50
188
CJ1
CJP
CJ2
CM2
500 mm
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
CS2
H + stroke
ZZ + 2 x stroke
Stroke
Dimensions
Specifications
Action
Bore size (mm)
1.0 MPa
0.15 MPa
Cushion
Rubber bumper
Piston speed
50 to 500 mm/s
Mounting
Lock position
Maximum manufacturable stroke
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
32
40
KA
8.2
10.2
12.2
14.2
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Width across flats KA
Technical
data
207
Series CBM2
Construction
Head end lock
Manual release (Non-lock type): Suffix N
Component Parts
Component Parts
No.
1
Material
Note
Rod cover
Aluminum alloy
Clear anodized
Head cover
Aluminum alloy
Clear anodized
Cylinder tube
Stainless steel
Piston
Aluminum alloy
Chromated
Piston rod
Carbon steel
Bushing
Seal retainer
Retaining ring
Lock piston
Lock bushing
9
10
Description
Phosphate coated
Carbon steel
Copper alloy
Stainless steel
Lock spring
12
Bumper
Urethane
13
Hexagon socket
head cap screw
Alloy steel
Description
Note
Material
NBR
NBR
NBR
Rod seal
Lock piston seal
Cushion needle seal
Stainless steel
11
No.
26
27
33
14A
Cap A
Aluminum die-casted
Black painted
14B
Cap B
Carbon steel
15
Rubber cap
16
M/O knob
Zinc die-casted
Black painted
17
M/O bolt
Alloy steel
18
M/O spring
Steel wire
Zinc chromated
19
Stopper ring
Carbon steel
Zinc chromated
20
Bumper A
21
Bumper B
22
Retaining ring
23
Piston seal
24
Piston gasket
NBR
25
Wear ring
Resin
28
Mounting nut
Carbon steel
Nickel plated
29
Carbon steel
Nickel plated
30
Cushion ring
Aluminum alloy
Anodized
31
Cushion needle
Alloy steel
32
Cushion seal
Urethane
Synthetic rubber
Urethane
Urethane
Stainless steel
NBR
Bore size
(mm)
Kit no.
20
25
32
208
40
Series CBM2
Basic Style (Dimensions are common irrespective of the lock position; rod end, head end, or double end.)
Head end lock: CBM2B Bore size
Stroke -HN
DL
2 x NN
NA
2 x Eh8
NA
2 x RcP
HR
H2
CJ1
H1
NA
G
MM
Width across
flats KA
AL
A
K
H
NA
N
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
CJ2
CM2
DL
MO
Stroke -RN
CG1
MB
HN
CJP
20
MB1
CA2
CS1
Double end lock: CBM2B Bore size
Stroke -WN
CS2
With rod boot
l
JH
Width across
flats B3
f
h
JW
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Symbol
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
32
40
H1
H2
HN
HR
(Max.)
8 7.5 20
13 10.5 8
0
Up to 300 22 19.5 17 32 10 7.5 26 0.033 13 10.5 8
0
Up to 300 22 19.5 17 32 12 7.5 26 0.033 13 10.5 8
0
Up to 300 24 21 22 41 14 10.7 32 0.039 16 13.5 11
41
22.3 34 28
45
45
50
Stroke
range
AL B1
B2
DL
FL
0
0.033
Up to 300 18 15.5 13 26
MM
MO N NA
NN
M8 x 1.25
15 15 24
M20 x 1.5
M10 x 1.25
15 15 30
M26 x 1.5
18
18
62 116
M10 x 1.25
64 122
M14 x 1.5
18
14
K KA
5
12
30 36 18
68
81
93
106
131
156
181
12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
32 36 18
72
85
97
110
135
160
185
12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
32 36 18
72
85
97
110
135
160
185
12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
41 46 20
77
90
102
115
140
165
190
12.5
25
37.5
50
75
100
125
(mm)
ZZ
Symbol
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
(mm)
20
25
32
40
88 154
62 120
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500
(mm)
20
25
32
40
ZZ
(mm)
h
Symbol
Bore size
JH
JW
143
156
168
181
206
231
256
23.5
10.5
147
160
172
185
210
235
260
23.5
10.5
149
162
174
187
212
237
262
23.5
10.5
181
194
206
219
244
269
294
27
10.5
D-
-X
Individual
-X
For details about the rod end nut and accessory, refer to pages 144 and 145.
Technical
data
209
Series CBM2
With Mounting Bracket (For dimensions not indicated below, refer to page 209.)
-H N
-R L
-W
2 x LC
LT
4 x LD
Y X
LX
LZ
-H N
-R L
-W
Stroke
4 x FD
Mounting hole
-H N
-R L
-W
FY
2 x FD
Mounting hole
C2
X Y
LS + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
Stroke
LH
FX
FZ
FT
Z + Stroke
FT
40
20 to 32
Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
-H N
-R L
-W
Stroke
20
RR
CX
-H N
-R L
-W
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
CD
CD hole H10
Axis d9
U
CX
RR
20
CZ
-H N
-R L
-W
-H N
-R L
-W
TD
TY
TT
TT
TX
TZ
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
Z
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Axial foot style
Bore
size
Stroke
(mm) range B LC LD LH LS LT LX LZ X Y
20
25
32
40
Flange style
Z ZZ
Stroke range
Rod side Head side
B C2 FD FT FX FY FZ
Clevis style
Z
Rod side Head side
Trunnion style
Z
ZZ
Stroke
Stroke
range CD CX CZ L RR U Z ZZ range TD TT TX TY TZ
Rod side Head side Rod side Head side
4 60 75
37
4 60 75
41
4 60 75
41
45
to 500 54 4
Dimensions other than mentioned above are the same as on page 209.
210
Series CBM2
With Air Cushion (For dimensions not indicated below, refer to pages 209 and 210.)
Basic style
Head end lock: CBM2B Bore size
Stroke A-HN
WA2
Cushion needle
(Width across flats 1.5)
45
WA1
CJ1
20
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
CJP
(mm)
S
WA1
WA2
ZZ
Bore size
(mm)
Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock
20
72
73
83
13
24
24
23
13
23
126
127
137
25
72
73
83
13
24
24
23
13
23
130
131
141
32
72
75
83
13
24
24
21
13
21
130
133
141
40
101
93
96
16
24
24
21
16
21
159
162
167
-H N
CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB
Stroke A -R L
-W
MB1
CA2
LS + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
CS1
Stroke
-H N
A -R L
-W
CS2
-W
Z + Stroke
Stroke
-H N
A -R L
-W
-H N
Stroke A -R L
-W
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
-W
-W
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
32
40
ZZ
Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock
112
112
112
139
113
113
115
142
123
123
123
147
141
145
145
176
142
146
148
179
152
156
156
184
117
121
121
148
118
122
124
151
128
132
132
156
(mm)
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
32
40
Clevis style
Z
D-
ZZ
-X
ZZ
Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock Head end lock Rod end lock Double end lock
143
147
147
182
144
148
150
185
154
158
158
190
152
156
156
193
153
157
159
196
163
167
167
201
118
122
122
148.5
119
123
125
151.5
129
133
133
156.5
128
132
132
159
129
133
135
162
139
143
143
167
211
Individual
-X
Technical
data
Series CBM2
Operating Pressure
Caution
Caution
Exhaust Speed
Caution
1. Locking will occur automatically if the pressure applied to the
port on the lock mechanism side falls to 0.05 MPa or less. In
cases where the piping on the lock mechanism side is long
and thin, or the speed controller is separated at some distance
from the cylinder port, the exhaust speed will be reduced. Take
note that some time may be required for the lock to engage. In
addition, clogging of a silencer mounted on the solenoid valve
exhaust port can produce the same effect.
Relation to Cushion
Head end lock
Caution
Operating Precautions
Caution
1. Do not use 3 position solenoid valves.
Avoid use in combination with 3 position solenoid valves
(especially closed center metal seal types). If pressure is
trapped in the port on the lock mechanism side, the cylinder
cannot be locked. Furthermore, even after being locked, the
lock may be released after some time, due to air leaking from
the solenoid valve and entering the cylinder.
5. Do
not
operate
synchronization.
multiple
cylinders
in
212
Warning
1. Before releasing the lock, be sure to supply air to the side
without the lock mechanism, so that there is no load applied to
the lock mechanism when it is released. (Refer to the
recommended pneumatic circuits.) If the lock is released when
the port on the other side is in an exhaust state, and with a
load applied to the lock unit, the lock unit may be subjected to
an excessive force and be damaged. Furthermore, sudden
movement of the piston rod is very dangerous.
Series CBM2
Working Principle
Manual Release
Caution
Thread size
Pulling force
Stroke (mm)
20, 25, 32
40
4.9 N
10 N
CJ1
CJP
CJ2
CM2
Pressure
CG1
MB
MB1
CA2
CS1
CS2
Unlock
Lock
Locked
Locked
Released
Exhaust
Pressure
Released
D-
-X
Exhaust
Individual
-X
Technical
data
213
Series CM2
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and Its Mounting Height
Reed auto switch
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9 W
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
16.5
16.5
Auto switch
22
(24.5)
22
D-C7/C8
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
D-B5/B6/B59W
D-G5NTL
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
Auto switch
D-G39A/K39A
D-A33A/A34A
G 1/2 (Applicable cable O.D.
6.8 to 9.6)
Hs
Auto switch
Hs
Auto switch
D-A44A
D-H7C
Auto switch
Hs
D-C73C/C80C
Auto switch
Hs
Auto switch
Hs
214
Auto switch
Air Cylinder
Series CM2
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and Its Mounting Height
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position (Excluding Single Acting Type)
Auto switch
model
D-M9
D-M9W
D-A9
D-C7
D-C80
D-C73C
D-C80C
D-B5
D-B64
D-B59W
(mm)
D-A3A
D-G39A
D-K39A
D-A44A
D-H7
D-H7C
D-H7W
D-H7BAL
D-H7NF
D-G5NTL
CJ1
20
6.5
(4)
5.5
(3)
10.5
(8)
9.5
(7)
1
()
0
()
7
(5)
6
(4)
4
(2)
3
(1)
0.5
()
0
()
6
(4)
5
(3)
2.5
(0.5)
1.5
(0)
CJP
25
6.5
(4)
5.5
(3)
10.5
(8)
9.5
(7)
1
()
0
()
7
(5)
6
(4)
4
(2)
3
(1)
0.5
()
0
()
6
(4)
5
(3)
2.5
(0.5)
1.5
(0)
CJ2
32
7.5
(5)
6.5
(4)
11.5
(9)
10.5
(8)
2
(0)
1
(0)
8
(6)
7
(5)
5
(3)
4
(2)
1.5
(0)
0.5
(0)
7
(5)
6
(4)
3.5
(1.5)
2.5
(0.5)
CM2
40
13.5
11.5
17.5
15.5
13
12
10
6.5
5.5
12
11
8.5
7.5
Bore size
Bore size
20
25
32
40
MB
(mm)
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
D-B5
D-B64
D-B59W
D-G5NTL
D-H7C
D-C7
D-C80
D-H7
D-H7W
D-H7BAL
D-H7NF
D-C73C
D-C80C
D-A3A
D-G39A
D-K39A
D-A44A
Hs
Hs
Hs
Hs
Hs
Hs
22
25.5
22.5
25
60
69.5
24.5
28
25
27.5
62.5
72
28
31.5
28.5
31
66
75.5
32
35.5
32.5
35
70
79.5
CG1
MB1
CA2
CS1
CS2
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
215
Series CM2
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and
Mounting Height: Single Acting/Spring Return Type (S), Spring Extend Type (T)
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position: Standard Type/Spring Return Type (S),
Non-rotating Rod Type/Spring Return Type (S)
A Dimensions
Auto switch model
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
D-B5
D-B64
D-C7
D-C80
D-C73C
D-C80C
D-B59W
D-A3A
D-G39A
D-K39A
D-A44A
D-H7
D-H7C
D-H7W
D-H7BAL
D-H7NF
D-G5NTL
Bore size
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
Up to 15st
31.5
31.5
32.5
38.5
35.5
35.5
36.5
42.5
26
26
27
32
32
32
33
38
29
29
30
35
25.5
25.5
26.5
31.5
31
31
32
37
27.5
27.5
28.5
33.5
51 to 100st
56.5
56.5
57.5
63.5
60.5
60.5
61.5
67.5
51
51
52
57
57
57
58
63
54
54
55
60
50.5
50.5
51.5
56.5
56
56
57
62
52.5
52.5
53.5
58.5
81.5
81.5
107.5
82.5
138.5
113.5
88.5
85.5
85.5
111.5
86.5
142.5
117.5
92.5
76
76
102
77
132
107
82
82
82
108
83
138
113
88
79
79
105
80
135
110
85
75.5
75.5
101.5
76.5
131.5
106.5
81.5
81
81
107
82
137
112
87
77.5
77.5
103.5
78.5
133.5
108.5
83.5
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position: Standard Type/Spring Extend Type (T),
Non-rotating Rod Type/Spring Extend Type (T)
Auto switch model
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
D-B5
D-B64
D-C7
D-C80
D-C73C
D-C80C
D-B59W
D-A3A
D-G39A
D-K39A
D-A44A
D-H7
D-H7C
D-H7W
D-H7BAL
D-H7NF
D-G5NTL
216
Bore size
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
6.5
6.5
7.5
13.5
10.5
10.5
11.5
17.5
1
1
2
7
7
7
8
13
4
4
5
10
0.5
0.5
1.5
6.5
6
6
7
12
2.5
2.5
3.5
8.5
(mm)
B
5.5
5.5
6.5
11.5
9.5
9.5
10.5
15.5
0
0
1
6
6
6
7
12
3
3
4
9
0
0
0.5
5.5
5
5
6
11
1.5
1.5
2.5
7.5
(mm)
B Dimensions
Up to 15st
30.5
30.5
31.5
36.5
34.5
34.5
35.5
40.5
25
25
26
31
31
31
32
37
28
28
29
34
24.5
24.5
25.5
30.5
30
30
31
36
26.5
26.5
27.5
32.5
51 to 100st
55.5
55.5
56.5
61.5
59.5
59.5
60.5
65.5
50
50
51
56
56
56
57
62
53
53
54
59
49.5
49.5
50.5
55.5
55
55
56
61
51.5
51.5
52.5
57.5
80.5
80.5
106.5
81.5
136.5
111.5
86.5
84.5
84.5
110.5
85.5
140.5
115.5
90.5
75
75
101
76
131
106
81
81
81
107
82
137
112
87
78
78
104
79
134
109
84
74.5
74.5
100.5
75.5
130.5
105.5
80.5
80
80
106
81
136
111
86
76.5
76.5
Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming
102.5
77.5
the operating condition in the actual
setting.
132.5
107.5
81.5
Air Cylinder
Series CM2
Different surfaces
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
10
15 (1)
45
D-C7
D-C80
10
15
50
D-H7
D-H7W
D-H7BAL
D-H7NF
10
15
60
D-C73C
D-C80C
D-H7C
10
15
65
D-B5/B64
D-G5NTL
10
15
75
D-B59W
15
20
75
D-A3A(2)
D-G39A
D-K39A
D-A44A
10
35
(1)
100
n
Different surfaces
Same surface
(n 2)
15 + 45
2
(n=2, 4, 6)
45 + 45(n 2)
(n 2)
2
(n=2, 4, 6)
50 + 45(n 2)
(n 2)
2
(n=2, 4, 6)
60 + 45(n 2)
(n 2)
15 + 50
2
(n=2, 4, 6)
65 + 50(n 2)
(n 2)
2
(n=2, 4, 6)
75 + 55(n 2)
(n 2)
2
(n=2, 4, 6)
75 + 55(n 2)
15 + 45
15 + 45
15 + 50
20 + 50
35 + 30(n 2)
CJ1
CJP
CJ2
CM2
CG1
MB
MB1
100 + 100(n 2)
CS1
Note 1) Auto switch mounting (The adjustment as shown in the figures below is required with the following stroke ranges.)
CA2
CS2
A
A-6
15
Auto switch
D-M9
D-M9W
B-6
D-A93
D-M9
D-M9W
Note 2) D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A cannot be mounted on the centralized piping type Series CDM2P.
Operating Range
(mm)
Auto switch model
Bore size
20
25
32
40
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
3.5
D-C7/C80
D-C73C/C80C
D-B5/B64
D-A3A/A44ANote)
12
12
13
13
D-B59W
D-H7/H7W/H7BAL
D-G5NTL/H7NF
D-H7C
D-G39A/K39ANote)
D-
4.5
8.5
10
-X
Individual
-X
Technical
data
217
Series CM2
Auto Switch Mounting Bracket: Part No.
Bore size (mm)
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9 W
D-C7 /C80
D-C73C/C80C
D-H7
D-H7 W
D-H7BAL
D-H7NF
D-B5 /B64
D-B59W
D-G5NTL
D-G5NBL
D-A3 A/A44ANote 2)
D-G39A/K39A
20
25
32
40
Note 1)
qBM2-020
wBJ3-1
Note 1)
qBM2-025
wBJ3-1
Note 1)
qBM2-032
wBJ3-1
Note 1)
qBM2-040
wBJ3-1
BM2-020
BM2-025
BM2-032
BM2-040
BA2-020
BA2-025
BA2-032
BA2-040
BM3-020
BM3-025
BM3-032
BM3-040
Auto switch
c
Switch bracket
(Stainless steel)
b
Auto switch mounting screw
Set screw
Besides the models listed in How to Order, the following auto switches are applicable.
Refer to pages 1263 to 1371 for the detailed specifications.
Auto switch type
Reed
Part no.
Features
D-C80
D-H7A1, H7A2, H7B
Sold state
For solid state switches, auto switches with a pre-wired connector are also available. Refer to pages 1328 and 1329 for details.
Normally closed (NC = b contact) solid state auto switches (D-F9G/F9H types) are also available. Refer to page 1290 for details.
A wide range detection type, solid state auto switch (D-GNBL type) is also available. Refer to page 1320 for details.
218
Spring
locking
Unlocking
Discharging
the air causes
the lock to
operate.
Features
Pneumatic
locking
Spring and
pneumatic locking
Pressure locking
Pressure
locking
The holding
power can be
varied according
to the air
pressure that is
applied to the
port.
CL1
MLGC
Unlocking
Discharging the air
causes the lock to
operate.
CNG
MNB
CNA
CNS
CLS
Series Variations
Series
Action
Rod
Standard variations
Auto switch
built-in magnet
Locking
direction
Locking method
Spring
locking
Pneumatic
locking
Spring and
Pneumatic locking
Bore size
(mm)
Standard
stroke
(mm)
CLQ
Page
RLQ
MLU
Series CLJ2
Double
acting
Single
rod
Both
directions
16
15
to
200
MLGP
601
ML1C
Series CLM2
Double
acting
Single
rod
Both
directions
Series CLG1
Double
acting
Single
rod
Both
directions
20
25
32
40
25
to
300
20
25 to 200
25
32
40
25
to
300
611
625
Lock-up cylinder
Series CL1
Double
acting
Single
rod
One
direction
25 to 500
40
50, 63 25 to 600
80, 100 25 to 700
125, 140 Up to 1000
160
Up to 1200
636
D-
-X
Individual
-X
595
Series CL
Warning
1. Construct so that the human body will not
come into direct contact with driven objects
or the moving parts of locking cylinders.
If there is a risk of contact, provide safety
measures such as a cover or a system that
uses sensors that will activate an
emergency stop before contact is made.
2. Use a balance circuit in which lurching of
the piston is taken into consideration. If the
lock is applied at a desired position of a
stroke and compressed air is applied to
only one side of the cylinder, the piston will
lurch at a high speed the moment the lock
is disengaged. In such a situation, there is
a risk of injury to humans, or equipment
damage. To prevent the piston from
lurching, use a balance circuit such as the
recommended pneumatic circuit (P. 598). If
an air-hydro fine lock cylinder is used,
make sure to operate the lock portion
through air pressure. Never use oil on the
lock-up cylinder because the lock-up
cylinder is a non-lube style. Failure to
observe this could cause the lock to
malfunction.
Selection
Warning
Refer to the following criteria for the
maximum load in the locked state, and
set.
When a cylinder is in a no-load and locked
state, the holding force (maximum static load)
is the locks ability to hold a static load that
does not involve vibrations or shocks. To
ensure braking force, the maximum load
must be set as described below.
1. For constant static loads, such as for drop
prevention:
Fine lock series (Series CLJ2/CLM2/
CLG1)
35% or less of the holding force
(maximum static load)
Note) For applications such as drop
prevention, consider situations in which
the air source is shut off, and make
selections based on the holding force of
the spring locked state. Do not use the
pneumatic lock for drop prevention
purposes.
Lock-up series (Series CL1)
50% or less of the holding force
(maximum static load)
596
Stop signal
Overrun amount
Series CL
Mounting
Warning
1. Be certain to connect the rod end to the
load with the lock released.
If this is performed with the lock
engaged, a load that exceeds the
allowable rotational force or holding force
would be applied to the piston rod, which
could damage the locking mechanism.
The fine lock and Series CL1 with 40 to
100 cylinders have a built-in manual
unlocking mechanism. Therefore, they
can be maintained in the unlocked state
without supplying air. For Series CL1 with
125 to 160 cylinders, simply connect
piping to the lock-up port, and supply air
pressure of 0.2 MPa or more to
disengage the lock in order to attach a
load.
Caution
1. Do not apply offset loads on the piston rod.
Pay particular attention to aligning the
center of gravity of the load with the axial
center of the cylinder. If there is a large
amount of deviation, the piston rod could
become unevenly worn or damaged due
to the inertial moment that is created
when the piston rod is stopped by the
lock.
Adjustment
Caution
1. Place it in the locked position. (Excluding
the series CL1 125 to 160.)
The locks are manually disengaged at the
time the cylinders are shipped from the
factory. Therefore, make sure to change
them to the locked state before using the
cylinders. For procedures to effect the
change, refer to page 599 for the fine lock
series. Be aware that the lock will not
operate properly if the change is not
performed correctly.
Adjust the cylinder's air balance. In the
state in which a load is attached to the
cylinder, disengage the lock and adjust
the air pressure at the rod side and the
head side of the cylinder to obtain a load
balance. By maintaining a proper air
balance, the piston rod can be prevented
from lurching when the lock is
disengaged.
CLJ2
CLM2
CLG1
CL1
MLGC
CNG
MNB
CNA
CNS
CLS
CLQ
RLQ
MLU
MLGP
ML1C
D-
-X
Individual
-X
597
Series CL
Pneumatic Circuit
Caution
Warning
1. Be certain to use an pneumatic circuit which will apply
balancing pressure to both sides of the piston when in a
locked stop.
In order to prevent cylinder lurching after a lock stop, when
restarting or when manually unlocking, a circuit should be used to
which will apply balancing pressure to both sides of the piston,
thereby canceling the force generated by the load in the direction
of piston movement.
2. Use a solenoid valve for unlocking which has a large effective
area, as a rule 50% or more of the effective area of the cylinder
drive solenoid valve.
The larger the effective area is, the shorter the locking time will be
(the overrun amount will be shorter), and stopping accuracy will be
improved.
3. Place the solenoid valve for unlocking close to the cylinder,
and no farther than the cylinder drive solenoid valve.
The shorter the distance from the cylinder (the shorter the piping),
the shorter the overrun amount will be, and stopping accuracy will
be improved.
Cylinder side
[Example]
1) [Horizontal]
W
3 port
normally open
SOL.C
Cylinder side
SOL.B
Regulator with relief function
SOL.A
3 port
normally
closed
2) [Vertical]
Load in the direction of
rod extension
6. Basic circuit
1) [Horizontal]
SOL.C
Forward
SOL.B
W
Backward
3 port
normally
closed
SOL.C
SOL.A
SOL.A
ON
Regulator with OFF
check valve
ON
ON
Pressure
ON
center
OFF
SOL.B
ON
ON
2) [Vertical]
Load in the direction of
rod extension
SOL.B
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SOL.C Action
OFF Forward
OFF Locked stop
OFF Unlocked
OFF Forward
ON Backward
OFF Locked stop
OFF Unlocked
ON Backward
SOL.B
0.5 s or
more
0 to 0.5 s
0.5 s or
more
0 to 0.5 s
SOL.B
SOL.C
SOL.A
SOL.A
598
SOL.C
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.A
SOL.C
Series CL
How to Manually Disengage the Lock and Change from the Unlocked to the Locked State
The lock is manually disengaged at the time the cylinder is shipped from the factory. Because the lock will not operate in
this state, make sure to change it to the locked state before operation, after having adjusted the axial center for
installation.
Manually Unlocking
Locked state
Manual
unlocking cam
Lock nut
Brake arm
Brake piston
CLM2
CLG1
CL1
MLGC
CNG
MNB
CNA
CNS
FREE
Cam guide
CLJ2
CLS
CLQ
RLQ
MLU
MLGP
ML1C
D-
-X
Individual
-X
599
Prior to Use
Construction Principle/Applicable Series: CLJ2, CLM2, CLG1, MLGC
Spring locking type
Tapered brake piston
Release port
Brake arm
Fulcrum A
(Rotary axis)
Roller
Air pressure
supply
Brake shoe
Brake spring
Application point C
Power point B
Unlocked state
Locked state
Locked state
Unlocked state
Unlocked state
Locked state
600
Series
CLM2
20, 25, 32, 40
How to Order
CLJ2
CLM2
CLM2
L 25
100
CDLM2
L 25
100
E M9BW
Nil
Pneumatic
Nil
Rc
Air-hydro
TN
NPT
Made to Order
Basic style
B
Axial foot style
L
F Rod side flange style
G Head side flange style
Single clevis style
C
D Double clevis style
T
E
BZ
FZ
20
25
32
40
Number of
auto switches
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
2 pcs.
S
n
1 pc.
CNA
n pcs.
CNS
Nil
MNB
Auto switch
40 mm
CNG
Mounting style
Bore size
CL1
MLGC
Type
(Built-in magnet)
CLG1
Nil
None
J
K
Nylon tarpaulin
Electrical
entry
Indicator
light
Special function
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Diagnostic indication
(2-color indication)
Yes
Grommet
Grommet
Connector
Terminal
conduit
Yes
Reed switch
Grommet
No Yes No Yes No
Yes
Load voltage
Wiring
(Output)
DC
AC
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
5 V, 12 V
2-wire
12 V
3-wire (NPN)
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
24 V
5 V, 12 V
12 V
5 V,12 V
2-wire
12V
4-wire (NPN)
5 V, 12 V
3-wire
(NPN equivalent)
2-wire
24 V
5V
12 V
100 V
100 V or less
100 V, 200V
200 V or less
24 V or less
Auto switch
model
M9N
M9P
M9B
H7C
G39A
K39A
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
H7BA
H7NF
A96
A93
A90
B54
B64
C73C
C80C
A33A
A34A
A44A
B59W
CLQ
Lock operation
RLQ
MLU
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches.
Type
CLS
MLGP
ML1C
IC circuit
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
IC circuit
Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
PLC
100 V, 200 V
Relay,
DIN terminal
PLC
Diagnostic indication (2-color indication) Grommet
Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order.
Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m Nil (Example) M9NW
D-A9V/M9V/M9WV/M9A(V)L types cannot be mounted.
1 m M (Example) M9NWM
Do not indicate suffix N for no lead wire on D-A3A/A44A/G39A/K39A models.
3 m L (Example) M9NWL
5 m Z (Example) M9NWZ
None N (Example) H7CN
Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed above, refer to page 624 for details.
For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1784 and 1785.
D-A9/M9/M9W auto switches are shipped together (not assembled). (Only auto switch mounting brackets are assembled at the time of shipment.)
611
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Series CLM2
Specifications
20
25
Action
32
Type
Air cylinder
Spring locking (Exhaust locking)
Pneumatic locking (Pressurized locking), Spring and pneumatic locking
Lock operation
Fluid
Air
Proof pressure
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
40
0.08 MPa
Without auto switch: 10 to 70C (No freezing)
With auto switch: 10 to 60C (No freezing)
Lubrication
Piston speed
Cushion
Piping/Screw-in type
Rc 1/4
Basic style, Axial foot style, Rod side flange style, Head
side flange style, Single clevis style, Double clevis style,
Head side trunnion style, Clevis integrated style, Bosscut basic style, Boss-cut flange style
Mounting
Constraints associated with the allowable kinetic energy are imposed on the speeds at which the piston can be locked.
The maximum speed of 750 mm/s can be accommodated if the piston is to be locked in the stationary state for the
purpose of drop prevention.
Lock operation
Fluid
Symbol
Specifications
XA
Spring and
pneumatic locking
Pneumatic locking
(Pressure locking)
Air
0.5 MPa
Unlocking pressure
Locking direction
Both directions
Refer to page 614 for the allowable kinetic energy when locking, holding force of spring locking and stopping accuracy.
Refer to the minimum auto switch mounting stroke (page 623) for
Maximum ambient
temperature
Nylon tarpaulin
70C
110C
612
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
32
40
Maximum stroke
(mm)
1000
1500
2000
2000
Note 1) Intermediate strokes other than listed above are produced upon receipt of order.
Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not
used.)
Note 2) When exceeding 300 strokes, the allowable maximum stroke length is determined
by the stroke selection table (technical data).
Boss-cut style
Standard equipment
Option
Double(3) Clevis(4)
Mounting Rod end Clevis Single knuckle pivot
nut
nut
pin knuckle joint bracket
joint
Mounting
Series CLM2
Rod
boot
Boss for the head side cover bracket is eliminated and the
total length of cylinder is shortened.
Basic style
Axial foot style
Rod side flange style
Head side flange style
Clevis integrated style
CLJ2
20
25
32
CLM2
CLG1
40
CL1
Note 1) Mounting nut is not equipped with clevis integrated style, single clevis
style and double clevis style.
Note 2) Trunnion nuts are attached for head side trunnion style.
Note 3) Pin and retaining ring (40: cotter pin) are shipped together with double
clevis and double knuckle joint.
Note 4) Pin and retaining ring are shipped together with clevis pivot bracket.
Mass
(kg)
20
25
32
40
Basic style
0.55
0.87
0.94
1.30
0.70
1.03
1.10
1.57
Flange style
0.61
0.96
1.03
1.42
0.53
0.85
0.93
1.26
0.59
0.91
0.98
1.39
0.60
0.93
0.99
1.43
Trunnion style
0.59
0.94
1.00
1.40
0.54
0.85
0.92
1.27
0.60
0.94
1.01
1.39
Basic
mass
Option
bracket
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.13
0.07
0.07
0.14
0.14
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.23
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.20
20
CM-L020B
CM-F020B
Flange
CM-C020B
Single clevis
Double clevis CM-D020B
Trunnion (with nut) CM-T020B
25
32
CM-L032B
CM-F032B
CM-C032B
CM-D032B
CM-T032B
40
CM-L040B
CM-F040B
CM-C040B
CM-D040B
CM-T040B
MLGC
CNG
MNB
Air-hydro
CNA
CLM2H Mounting style
Bore size
Stroke
Rod boot
CNS
Air-hydro
Low hydraulic cylinder 1 MPa or less
Through the concurrent use of a CC series air-hydro unit, it is possible to
operate at a constant or low speeds or to effect an intermediate stop, just
like a hydraulic unit, while using pneumatic equipment such as a valve.
CLS
CLQ
RLQ
MLU
MLGP
ML1C
Specifications
Fluid
Action
Mounting style
1.0 MPa
0.2 MPa
Piston speed
Cushion
Piping
Mounting
15 to 300 mm/s
Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)
Screw-in type
Basic style, Axial foot style, Rod side flange style
Head side flange style, Single clevis style
Double clevis style, Head side trunnion style
Clevis integrated style, Boss-cut style
D-
-X
Individual
-X
613
Series CLM2
Caution/Allowable Kinetic Energy when Locking
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
0.26
0.42
0.67
1.19
196
313
443
784
Note) Holding force at piston rod extended side decreases approximately 15%.
r
Bo
1000
e
siz
32
500
25
20
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
40
50
Caution
Caution when Locking
40
32
30
40
25
20
10
32
20
25
20
50
100
200
300
400
500
(mm)
20
50
100
300
500
0.3
0.4
0.5
1.0
2.0
0.15
0.2
0.3
0.5
1.5
Caution
Recommended Pneumatic Circuit/Caution on Handling
For detailed speceifications of the fine lock cylinder, Series
CLM2 mentioned above, refer to pages 596 to 599.
Accessory
For accessory dimensions, refer to pages 144 and 145 in Best
Pneumatics No. 2, since it is same as Series CM2.
614
Holding force is the force which can hold a static load, given no
vibration or impact in a locked state. Therefore, do not use
cylinders around the maximum holding force. Note the following
points.
If the piston rod slips because the locks holding force has been
exceeded, the brake shoe could be damaged, resulting in a
reduced holding force or shortened life.
Do not use the cylinder in the locked state to sustain a load that
involves impact.
To use the lock for drop prevention purposes, the load to be
attached to the cylinder must be within 35% of the cylinders
holding force.
Series CLM2
CLJ2
CLM2
CLG1
CL1
MLGC
CNG
MNB
CNA
CNS
CLS
CLQ
RLQ
MLU
MLGP
ML1C
Component Parts
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Description
Rod cover
Head cover
Cover
Intermediate cover
Cylinder tube
Piston rod
Piston
Brake piston
Brake arm
Brake shoe
Roller
Pin
Retaining ring
Brake spring
Bushing
Bushing
Retaining ring
Manual lock release cam
Cam guide
Lock nut
Flat washer
Retaining ring
Hexagon socket head cap screw
Material
Note
Aluminum alloy
Clear anodized
Aluminum alloy
Clear anodized
Carbon steel
Nitrided, chrome plated
Aluminum alloy
Hard anodized
Stainless steel
Hard chrome plated
Carbon steel
Chromated
Aluminum alloy
Carbon steel
Nitrided
Carbon steel
Nitrided
Special friction material
Carbon steel
Carbon steel
Carbon tool steel
Nickel plated
Spring steel wire
Dacrodized
Oil-impregnated sintered alloy
Oil-impregnated sintered alloy
Carbon tool steel
Nickel plated
Chromium molybdenum steel
Nickel plated
Carbon steel
Nitrided, painted
Rolled steel
Nickel plated
Rolled steel
Nickel plated
Carbon tool steel
Nickel plated
Chromium molybdenum steel
Nickel plated
No.
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
Description
Material
Spring washer
Steel wire
Hexagon socket head cap screw Chromium molybdenum steel
Spring washer
Steel wire
Hexagon socket head cap screw Chromium molybdenum steel
Spring washer
Steel wire
Bumper A
Urethane
Bumper B
Urethane
Wear ring
Resin
Wear ring
Resin
Hexagon socket head plug
Carbon steel
Element
Bronze
Piston seal
NBR
Piston gasket
NBR
Brake piston seal
NBR
Rod seal A
NBR
Rod seal B
NBR
Middle cover gasket A
NBR
Middle cover gasket B
NBR
Cam gasket
NBR
Mounting nut
Carbon steel
Rod end nut
Carbon steel
Note
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
Type E only
Type E only
D-
-X
Nickel plated
Nickel plated
615
Individual
-X
Series
CLM2
Stroke
Standard style
BQ (Rc, NPT) locking port for pressurizing
P (Rc, NPT)
Head side cylinder port
2 x NN
NA
Boss-cut style
NA
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
JH
ZZ + Stroke
JW
f
h
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Bore (mm) Stroke range
20
25
32
40
A AL B1 B2 BC BN BP BQ BZ
Up to 300
Up to 300
Up to 300
Up to 300
18 15.5 13
22 19.5 17
22 19.5 17
24 21 22
26
32
32
41
38 80
45 90
45 90
52 100.5
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
57.5
69
69
76
GA GB GC GD GK GL GQ GR H
8
10
12
14
20 00.033
26 00.033
26 00.033
32 00.039
13
13
13
16
73.5 8
83.5 8
83.5 8
90.5 11
(mm)
Bore (mm) K
5
20
5.5
25
5.5
32
7
40
MM
M8 x 1.25 15
M10 x 1.25 15
M10 x 1.25 15
M14 x 1.5 21.5
NA
NN
24
30
34.5
42.5
M20 x 1.5
M26 x 1.5
M26 x 1.5
M32 x 2
18
18
18
14
PG PH PL PW S
22 19.5 20
27 24 24
27 24 24
29 24 24
38
41
41
41
127
137
139
167
ZZ
181
195
197
233
8
9
9
8
55 3.5
64.5 4
64.5 4
70
4
6
9
9
11
4
7
7
8
4
7
7
7
41
45
45
50
H1 H2
5
6
6
8
Boss-cut
Bore (mm) ZZ
168
20
182
25
184
32
217
40
(mm)
Bore (mm)
20
25
32
40
36
36
36
46
17
17
17
19
616
28
8
8 33.5
8 37.5
10 46.5
h
1 to 50 51 to 100 101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300
68
81
93
106
131
72
85
97
110
135
72
85
97
110
135
77
90
102
115
140
l
1 to 50 51 to 100
12.5
25
12.5
25
12.5
25
12.5
25
ZZ
101 to 150 151 to 200 201 to 300
233
246
271
247
260
285
249
262
287
285
298
323
JH
JW
(Reference) (Reference)
23.5
23.5
23.5
23.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
Series
CLM2
Stroke
BP (Rc, NPT) unlocking port
Unlocked when pressurized
CLJ2
P (Rc, NPT)
2 x NN
CLM2
CLG1
4 x LD
CL1
2 x LC
MLGC
(mm)
20
25
32
40
Up to 400
Up to 450
Up to 450
Up to 500
AL
B1
B2 BC BN BP BQ BZ
18 15.5
22 19.5
22 19.5
24 21
40
47
47
54
13
17
17
22
26
32
32
41
38
45
45
52
80
90
90
100.5
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
63.5
74.5
74.5
80
GA GB GC GD GK GL GQ GR
8
10
12
14
13
13
13
16
73.5
83.5
83.5
90.5
8
8
8
11
8
9
9
8
55 3.5
64.5 4
64.5 4
70
4
6
9
9
11
4
7
7
8
4
7
7
7
H1
H2
CNG
41
45
45
50
5
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
MNB
CNA
(mm)
Bore (mm)
20
25
32
40
5
5.5
5.5
7
LC LD LH LS
4
4
4
4
6.8
6.8
6.8
7
25
28
28
30
167
177
179
213
LT
LX LZ
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
40
40
40
55
55
55
55
75
MM
NA
NN
18
18
18
14
PG PH PL PW
22 19.5
27 24
27 24
29 24
20
24
24
24
38
41
41
41
ZZ
127
137
139
167
20
20
20
23
8
8
8
10
21
25
25
27
196
210
212
250
CNS
CLS
CLQ
RLQ
Stroke
MLU
P (Rc, NPT)
Rod side cylinder port
MLGP
ML1C
x
40
Mounting holes
Manual unlocking cam
x
Width across
Lock nut
flats B1
P (Rc, NPT)
Head side cylinder port
Bore (mm)
20
25
32
40
Stroke range
Up to 300
Up to 300
Up to 300
Up to 300
AL
B1
B2 BC BN BP BQ BZ
18
22
22
24
15.5
19.5
19.5
21
34
40
40
52
13
17
17
22
26
32
32
41
38
45
45
52
80
90
90
100.5
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
H1
H2
MM
41
45
45
50
5
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
5
5.5
5.5
7
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.25
M10 x 1.25
M14 x 1.5
Mounting holes
20 to 32
(mm)
C1
57.5 30
69 37
69 37
76 47.3
8
10
12
14
20 00.033
26 00.033
0
26 0.033
0
32 0.039
13
13
13
16
NA
NN
FD FT FX FY FZ GA GB
7
7
7
7
4
4
4
5
60
60
60
66
36
75
75
75
82
73.5
83.5
83.5
90.5
ZZ
127
137
139
167
172
186
188
222
181
195
197
233
8
8
8
11
(mm)
Bore (mm)
20
25
32
40
GC GD GK GL GQ GR
8
9
9
8
55 3.5
64.5 4
64.5 4
70
4
6
9
9
11
4
7
7
8
4
7
7
7
15 24 M20 x 1.5
15 30 M26 x 1.5
15 34.5 M26 x 1.5
21.5 42.5 M32 x 2
18
18
18
14
PG PH PL PW
22
27
27
29
19.5
24
24
24
20
24
24
24
38
41
41
41
D-
-X
Individual
-X
617
Series
CLM2
Stroke
BQ (Rc, NPT) locking port for pressurizing
(Plug cap with breathing port at spring lock)
P (Rc, NPT)
Rod side cylinder port
4 x FD
Mounting holes
40
Manual unlocking cam
P (Rc, NPT)
Head side cylinder port
Lock nut
Width across flats B2
Width across flats B1
NA
NA
2 x FD
Mounting holes
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
20 to 32
Boss-cut style
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Bore (mm) Stroke range
20
Up to 400
25
Up to 450
32
Up to 450
40
Up to 500
AL
18 15.5 34
22 19.5 40
22 19.5 40
24 21 52
B1 B2 BC BN BP BQ BZ C1
13
17
17
22
26
32
32
41
38 80
45 90
45 90
52 100.5
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
20 00.033
26 00.033
26 00.033
32 00.039
13
13
13
16
8
57.5 30
69 37 10
69 37 12
76 47.3 14
FD FT FX FY FZ GA GB GC GD GK
60
60
60
66
36
PG PH PL PW S
ZZ
22 19.5 20
27 24 24
27 24 24
29 24 24
37
41
41
45
181
195
197
233
7
7
7
7
4
4
4
5
75
75
75
82
(mm)
Bore (mm) GL GQ GR H
20
6
4
4
41
25
9
7
7
45
32
9
7
7
45
40
11
8
7
50
618
H1 H2
5
6
6
8
MM
N NA
28
5 M8 x 1.25 15
8
8 33.5 5.5 M10 x 1.25 15
8 37.5 5.5 M10 x 1.25 15
10 46.5 7 M14 x 1.5 21.5
24
30
34.5
42.5
NN
M20 x 1.5
M26 x 1.5
M26 x 1.5
M32 x 2
18
18
18
14
38
41
41
41
127
137
139
167
73.5
83.5
83.5
90.5
8
8
8
11
8
9
9
8
55 3.5
64.5 4
64.5 4
70 4
Boss-cut
Bore (mm) ZZ
20
168
25
182
32
184
40
217
Series
CLM2
Stroke
CLJ2
P (Rc, NPT)
Head side cylinder port
CLM2
NA
CLG1
CL1
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
NA
MLGC
(mm)
Bore (mm)
20
25
32
40
Stroke range
Up to 300
Up to 300
Up to 300
Up to 300
A
18
22
22
24
B1
BC BN BP BQ BZ
15.5
19.5
19.5
21
13
17
17
22
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
57.5
69
69
76
NA
AL
38
45
45
52
Bore (mm)
GR
H1
20
25
32
40
4
7
7
7
41
45
45
50
5
6
6
8
28
33.5
37.5
46.5
5
5.5
5.5
7
30
30
30
39
80
90
90
100.5
MM
CD CX
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
15
8
10
12
14
NN
24 M20 x 1.5
M8 x 1.25 15
M10 x 1.25
15
30 M26 x 1.5
M10 x 1.25
15 34.5 M26 x 1.5
M14 x 1.5 21.5 42.5 M32 x 2
18
18
18
14
20
26
26
32
0
0.033
0
0.033
0
0.033
0
0.039
GA GB GC
GD GK GL GQ
13
13
13
16
73.5
83.5
83.5
90.5
55
64.5
64.5
70
8
8
8
11
PG PH
PL PW RR
22
27
27
29
20
24
24
24
19.5
24
24
24
38
41
41
41
9
9
9
11
8
9
9
8
3.5
4
4
4
6
9
9
11
ZZ
127
137
139
167
14
14
14
18
198
212
214
256
207
221
223
267
4
7
7
8
MNB
CNA
CNS
CLS
CLQ
RLQ
CNG
Stroke
MLU
P (Rc, NPT)
MLGP
ML1C
P (Rc, NPT)
Head side cylinder port
NA
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
NA
(mm)
AL
B1
BC BN BP BQ BZ
20
25
32
40
Stroke range
Up to 300
Up to 300
Up to 300
Up to 300
18
22
22
24
15.5
19.5
19.5
21
13
17
17
22
38
45
45
52
80
90
90
100.5
Bore (mm)
GQ GR
H1
Bore (mm)
20
25
32
40
4
7
7
8
4
7
7
7
41
45
45
50
5
6
6
8
28
33.5
37.5
46.5
5
5.5
5.5
7
30
30
30
39
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
MM
CD CX CZ
GA GB GC GD GK
19
19
19
30
8
10
12
14
20 00.033
26 00.033
0
26 0.033
0
32 0.039
13
13
13
16
73.5
83.5
83.5
90.5
PG PH
57.5
69
69
76
9
9
9
10
NA
10
10
10
15
NN
M8 x 1.25 15
24 M20 x 1.5
30 M26 x 1.5
M10 x 1.25 15
M10 x 1.25 15 34.5 M26 x 1.5
M14 x 1.5 21.5 42.5 M32 x 2
18
18
18
14
22
27
27
29
19.5
24
24
24
GL
8
8
8
11
8
9
9
8
55
64.5
64.5
70
3.5
4
4
4
6
9
9
11
PL PW RR
ZZ
127
137
139
167
14
14
14
18
198
212
214
256
207
221
223
267
20
24
24
24
38
41
41
41
9
9
9
11
Clevis pin and snap ring (40: cotter pin) are shipped together.
619
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Series
CLM2
Stroke
P (Rc, NPT)
P (Rc, NPT)
Head side cylinder port
Width
across flats B2
(mm)
Bore (mm) Stroke range
20
Up to 300
25
Up to 300
32
Up to 300
40
Up to 300
AL
B1
B2
BC BN BP BQ BZ
GA GB GC GD GK GL GQ
18
22
22
24
15.5
19.5
19.5
21
13
17
17
22
26
32
32
41
38
45
45
52
80
90
90
100.5
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
8
10
12
14
20 00.033
26 00.033
0
26 0.033
0
32 0.039
13
13
13
16
73.5
83.5
83.5
90.5
NA
Bore (mm)
GR
H1
20
25
32
40
4
7
7
7
41
45
45
50
5
6
6
8
5
5.5
5.5
7
MM
NN
24 M20 x 1.5
M8 x 1.25 15
30 M26 x 1.5
M10 x 1.25 15
M10 x 1.25 15 34.5 M26 x 1.5
M14 x 1.5 21.5 42.5 M32 x 2
57.5
69
69
76
PG PH
PL PW
22
27
27
29
20
24
24
24
18
18
18
14
19.5
24
24
24
38
41
41
41
127
137
139
167
6
9
9
11
4
7
7
8
8
9
9
8
55
64.5
64.5
70
3.5
4
4
4
TD TT
TX
TY
TZ
ZZ
10
10
10
11
32
40
40
53
32
40
40
53
52
60
60
77
173
187
189
222.5
183
197
199
233
8
9
9
10
8
8
8
11
Stroke
BQ (Rc, NPT) locking port for pressurizing
(Plug cap with breathing port at spring lock)
P (Rc, NPT)
P (Rc, NPT)
Head side cylinder port
NA
NA
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Bore (mm) Stroke range
20
Up to 300
25
Up to 300
32
Up to 300
40
Up to 300
AL
B1
BC
BN BP BQ BZ
18
22
22
24
15.5
19.5
19.5
21
13
17
17
22
38
45
45
52
80
90
90
100.5
Bore (mm)
GR
H1
20
25
32
40
4
7
7
7
41
45
45
50
5
6
6
8
28
33.5
37.5
46.5
5
5.5
5.5
7
12
12
15
15
620
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
57.5
69
69
76
NA
MM
CD CX
GA GB GC GD GK GL GQ
8
8
10
10
8
10
12
14
20 00.033
26 00.033
0
26 0.033
0
32 0.039
13
13
13
16
73.5
83.5
83.5
90.5
12
12
20
20
NN
M8 x 1.25 15
24 M20 x 1.5
30 M26 x 1.5
M10 x 1.25 15
M10 x 1.25 15 34.5 M26 x 1.5
M14 x 1.5 21.5 42.5 M32 x 2
8
8
8
11
PG
PH
PL PW RR
18
18
22
27
27
29
19.5
24
24
24
20
24
24
24
18
14
38
41
41
41
9
9
12
12
8
9
9
8
55
64.5
64.5
70
3.5
4
4
4
6
9
9
11
ZZ
127
137
139
167
11.5
11.5
14.5
14.5
180
194
199
232
189
203
211
244
4
7
7
8
CLM2
Series
(mm)
I-020B/032B
Y (Max.)
MM
(mm)
I-040B
R1
ND
MM
U1
H
Z (Min.)
R2
ND
E1
NX
NX1
A1
L1
A
R1
CLJ2
E1
MM
U1
A1
CLM2
L1
A
U1
NX
CLG1
Bore size
MM
NDH10
NX1
U1
R2
Part no.
Applicable
bore size
A A1 E1 L1
NDH10
NX
R1 U1
20
25, 32
40
18
41
M8 x 1.25
9 + 00.058
9 0.1
0.2
14
10
11
66
20
25, 32
40
9 0.1
0.2
10 14
9 0.1
0.2
16 0.1
0.3
I-020B
I-032B
I-040B
46 16 20 36 M8 x 1.25 9 + 00.058
9 + 00.058
12 + 00.070
9 + 00.058
12 + 00.070
9 0.1
0.2
10 14
22
45
M10 x 1.25
24
50
M14 x 1.5
14
10
14
69
20
14
13
92
MM
48 18 20 38 M10 x 1.25
69 22 24 55 M14 x 1.5
16 0.1
0.3 15.5 20
MLGC
CNG
(mm)
Y (Max.)
MM
CL1
MNB
Axis d9
CNA
CNS
NX2
L
A
U2
H
Z (Min.)
R2
Bore size
20
25, 32
40
MM
CLS
ND
NX2
R2
U2
+
9 + 0.2
0.1
+
9 + 0.2
0.1
16 ++ 0.3
0.1
10
14
11
66
10
14
14
69
13
25
13
92
18
41
25
M8 x 1.25
22
45
25
M10 x 1.25
24
50
12
CLQ
RLQ
MLU
(mm)
Y-040B
R1
MM
MLGP
ML1C
R1
ND hole H10
ND hole H10
MM
Axis d9
A1
NX
NZ
L
E1
NX
NZ
L
E1
Axis d9
U1
L1
A
Part no.
Y-020B
Y-032B
Y-040B
A1
U1
L1
A
Applicable
bore size
A1
E1
20
46
16
20
25, 32
48
18
40
68
22
MM
L1
Retaining ring
Cotter pin
ND
NX
NZ
R1
U1
Applicable pin
part number
+
9 + 0.2
0.1
+
9 + 0.2
0.1
16 ++ 0.3
0.1
18
14
CDP-1
18
14
CDP-1
38
13
25
CDP-3
3 x 18 l
25
36
M8 x 1.25
20
25
38
M10 x 1.25
24
49.7
55
M14 x 1.5
12
size
Clevis pin and retaining ring (cotter pin for 40) are attached.
2 x 3
Through hole
Bore size/40
CDP-3
D-
2 x 3
Through hole
-X
Cotter pin
3 x 18 l
(mm)
CDP-1
Bore size/40
CDP-2
(mm)
Cotter pin
3 x 18 l
620-1
Individual
-X
CLM2
Series
(mm)
(mm)
LC hole + 0.15
0.05
LR
NT-02
NT-03
NT-04
20
25, 32
40
LT
Applicable
bore size
LF
LE
LH
Axis 0.040
0.076
Part no.
L
LV
LX
LG
2 x LD
LY
Mounting Nut
(mm)
Material: Carbon steel
Part no.
Applicable
bore size
20
SN-020B
SN-032B 25, 32
40
SN-040B
CM-E020B
CM-E032B
20, 25
32, 40
24.5
6.8
22
15
30
30
10
3.2
12
59 18.4
CD-S02
34
10
25
15
40
40
13
20
75
CD-S03
LC LD LE LF LG LH LR LT LX LY LV Applicable pin
part no.
(mm)
26
30
32
37
Trunnion Nut
(mm)
Part no.
Applicable
bore size
CD-S02
CD-S03
20, 25
32, 40
l
L
28
d
D
Applicable
bore size
Note 1) Clevis pins and retaining rings (cotter pins for 40) are attached.
Note 2) It cannot be used for single clevis style (CM2C) and double clevis style (CM2D).
Part no.
t
Applicable
retaining
ring part no.
Dd9
8 0.040
0.076
7.6
24.5
19.5
1.6
0.9
10 0.040
0.076
9.6
34
29
1.35
1.15
Part no.
Applicable
bore size
20
TN-020B
TN-032B 25, 32
40
TN-040B
26
10
32
10
41
45 40.5 M32 x 2
10
Regarding mounting bracket, accessory made of stainless steel (Some are not available.), refer to page 1864 for -XB12, External stainless steel cylinder.
620-2
Series
CLM2
Single Clevis
Z + Stroke
CX
CD
90
51
40
3.2
6.8
7.5
20.5
40
57
CLJ2
LX
LZ
6.8 x 3.4
CLM2
Rotation Angle
(mm)
Bore size
(mm)
A + B + 90
20
25, 32
40
25
21
26
85
81
86
200
192
202
Mounting
CLM2C
(Single clevis
style)
Part no.
20
25
32
40
CM-B032
CM-B040
Z + Stroke
198
212
214
256
10
15
CD
LX
LZ
44
60
10
49
65
Note) Pivot brackets do not come with pivot bracket pins and retaining rings.
CLG1
CL1
MLGC
CNG
MNB
TX
Z + Stroke
CNA
CD
7.5
51
CLS
CLQ
20.5
6.8
40
3.2
CNS
6.8 x 3.4
40
57
LX
LZ
RLQ
(mm)
Part no.
TX
CM-B020
20
25
32
40
32
Mounting
CLM2T
(Head side trunnion)
CM-B032
CM-B040
40
53
MLU
CD
LX
LZ
66
82
MLGP
74
90
ML1C
10
87
103
Note) Pivot brackets do not come with pivot bracket pins and retaining rings.
Pivot Bracket
3.
CD +0.15
+0.05
11
40
5.2
5.2
40
.8
3.2
28
28
(mm)
57
57
Applicable
Part no.
bore size
(mm)
Part no.
CM-B020 (2)
CM-B032
CM-B040
Dd9
11
CD +0.15
+0.05
3.
25
3.
17 0.2
7.5
170.2
25
3.
6.8
.8
40
3.4
6.8
3.4
3.2
7.5
6
CD
8
9
10
Dd9
Applicable
retaining
ring part no.
620-3
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Series
CLM2
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End) and Its Mounting Height
Reed auto switch
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
Hs
Hs
8.5
Auto switch
8.5
Auto switch
16.5
16.5
CLJ2
B
22
(24.5)
CLM2
A
22
CLG1
( ): For D-A93
D-C7/C8
CL1
D-H7/H7W/H7NF/H7BAL
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
8.5
Auto switch
8.5
MLGC
SMC
SMC
16
CNG
MNB
16
26
29
CNA
D-B5/B6/B59W
CNS
D-G5NTL
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
12
CLS
15
12
33
24.5
24.5
CLQ
B
6.5
33
Auto switch
Hs
MLU
D-G39A/K39A
D-A33A/A34A
MLGP
49
ML1C
49
36
36
Auto switch
RLQ
Auto switch
D-A44A
D-H7C
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
Auto switch
8.5
36
SMC
SMC
16
49.5
38.2
D-C73C/C80C
Hs
Auto switch
8.5
-X
SMC
SMC
16
D-
36.7
Individual
-X
621
Series
CLM2
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End) and Its Mounting Height
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position
(mm)
Auto switch
model
D-M9
D-M9W
D-A9
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
32
40
D-C7
D-C80
D-C73C
D-C80C
D-B5
D-B64
D-B59W
5.5
10.5
9.5
0.5
2.5
1.5
6.5
5.5
10.5
9.5
0.5
2.5
1.5
7.5
6.5
11.5
10.5
1.5
0.5
3.5
2.5
13.5
11.5
17.5
15.5
13
12
10
6.5
5.5
12
11
8.5
7.5
Auto switch
model
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
622
D-B5
D-B64
D-B59W
D-G5NTL
D-H7C
(mm)
D-C7
D-C80
D-H7
D-H7W
D-H7BAL
D-H7NF
D-C73C
D-C80C
D-A3A
D-G39A
D-K39A
D-A44A
Hs
Hs
Hs
Hs
Hs
Hs
22
25.5
22.5
25
60
69.5
24.5
28
25
27.5
62.5
72
28
31.5
28.5
31
66
75.5
32
35.5
32.5
35
70
79.5
D-G5NTL
20
25
32
40
D-H7
D-H7C
D-H7W
D-H7BAL
D-H7NF
6.5
Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting.
Bore size
(mm)
D-A3A
D-G39A
D-K39A
D-A44A
Series
CLM2
Different surfaces
Same surface
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
10
15 Note 1)
45
D-C7
D-C80
10
15
50
D-H7
D-H7W
D-H7BAL/H7NF
10
15
60
D-C73C
D-C80C
D-H7C
10
15
65
D-B5/B64
D-G5NTL
10
15
75
D-B59W
15
20
75
D-A3A/G39A
D-K39A/A44A
10
35
100
Note 1)
Different surfaces
Same surface
(n 2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
45 + 45 (n 2)
(n 2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
50 + 45 (n 2)
(n 2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
60 + 45 (n 2)
(n 2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
65 + 50 (n 2)
(n 2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
75 + 55 (n 2)
(n 2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
75 + 55 (n 2)
15 + 45
15 + 45
15 + 45
15 + 50
15 + 50
20 + 50
35 + 30 (n 2)
CLJ2
CLM2
CLG1
CL1
MLGC
CNG
MNB
CNA
100 + 100 (n 2)
CNS
Note 1) Auto switch mounting (The adjustment as shown in the figures below is required with the following stroke ranges.)
CLS
CLQ
6
15
RLQ
MLU
MLGP
D-M9
D-M9W
ML1C
B-6
D-A93
D-M9
D-M9W
Operating Range
(mm)
Auto switch model
20
25
32
40
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
3.5
3.5
D-C7/C80
D-C73C/C80C
D-B5/B64
D-A3A/A44A
D-
12
12
13
13
-X
4.5
8.5
10
D-B59W
D-H7/H7W/H7BAL
D-G5NTL/H7NF
D-H7C
D-G39A/K39A
Individual
-X
623
Series
CLM2
20
25
32
40
q BM2-020 (1)
w BJ3-1
q BM2-025 (1)
w BJ3-1
q BM2-032 (1)
w BJ3-1
q BM2-040 (1)
w BJ3-1
D-C7/C80
D-C73C/C80C
D-H7
D-H7W
D-H7BAL
D-H7NF
BM2-020
BM2-025
BM2-032
BM2-040
D-B5/B64
D-B59W
D-G5NTL
D-G5NBL
BA2-020
BA2-025
BA2-032
BA2-040
D-A3A/A44A
D-G39A/K39A
BM3-020
BM3-025
BM3-032
BM3-040
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
Note 1) Two kinds of auto switch mounting brackets are used as a set.
D-H7BAL auto switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel screws above
when shipped. When an auto switch is shipped independently, BBA4 is attached.
e
Switch spacer
(Stainless steel)
d
Switch holder
(Resin)
b
Auto switch mounting screw
c
Switch bracket
(Stainless steel)
Auto switch
Set screw (Not used)
Besides the models listed in How to Order, the following auto switches are applicable.
Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for the detailed specifications.
Auto switch type
Reed
Part no.
Features
D-C80
D-H7A1, H7A2, H7B
Solid state
For solid state auto switches, auto switches with a pre-wired connector are also available. Refer to pages 1784 and 1785 for details.
Normally closed (NC = b contact) solid state auto switches (D-F9G/F9H types) are also available. Refer to page 1746 for details.
Wide range detection type, solid state auto switches (D-G5NBL type) are also available. Refer to page 1776 for details.
624
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1148
Series CM2X
20, 25, 32, 40
How to Order
Mounting style
B
L
F
G
C
D
U
Basic style
Axial foot style
Rod side flange style
Head side flange style
Single clevis style
Double clevis style
Rod side trunnion style
UZ
CM2X L 40
With auto switch
150
150 M9BW
CDM2X L 40
Thread type
(Built-in magnet)
Bore size
20
25
32
40
20 mm
Nil
Rc
TN
TF
NPT
Nil
2 pcs.
S
n
n pcs.
1 pc.
Auto switch
25 mm
Nil
32 mm
40 mm
Type
Special function
Electrical
entry
Grommet
Indicator light
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches.
Wiring
(Output)
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
Load voltage
DC
Applicable
load
M9N
M9P
M9B
H7C
G39A
K39A
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
H7NF
A96
IC circuit
100 V
100 V or less
100 V, 200 V
200 V or less
24 V or less
A93
IC circuit
5 V, 12 V
12 V
2-wire
Connector
5 V, 12 V
3-wire (NPN)
Terminal
24 V
conduit Yes
12 V
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
Diagnostic
5 V, 12 V
indication
3-wire (PNP)
Grommet
(2-color)
12 V
2-wire
5 V, 12 V
4-wire (NPN)
With diagnostic output (2-color)
3-wire
5V
Grommet
AC
Auto switch
model
IC circuit
IC circuit Relay,
PLC
IC circuit
IC circuit
Reed switch
No
A90
Yes
B54
Relay,
PLC
No
B64
12 V
Yes
C73C
Connector
2-wire
24 V
IC circuit
No
C80C
PLC
A33A
Terminal
conduit
A34A
100 V, 200 V
Yes
Relay,
DIN terminal
A44A
PLC
1148
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1149
Series CM2X
Specifications
Bore size (mm)
20
25
32
Type
Action
Fluid
Air
Proof pressure
JIS Symbol
Double acting
Single rod
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.025 MPa
Without auto switch: 10 to 70C (No freezing)
With auto switch: 10 to 60C (No freezing)
Bore size
(mm)
Rubber bumper
Lubrication
Standard Stroke
40
Pneumatic
Piston Speed
20
25
32
Precautions
Be sure to read before handling.
Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for
Safety Instructions and pages 3 to
11 for Actuator and Auto Switch
Precautions.
Operating Precautions
Warning
When installing a cylinder or screwing a pipe
fitting into the port, the coupling portion of the
cover could break if the cover rotated.
Axial foot
0.65
1.2
Flange
CM-F020B
Single clevis
CM-T020B
CM-F032B
CM-T032B
CM-T040B
REA
Mounting Style and Accessory
Accessory
Maintenance
Caution
1. Replacement parts/Seal kit
Order it in accordance with the bore size.
Contents
CM2X20-PS
Rod seal:
0.4
Mounting bracket
CM2X32-PS
0.27
Caution
CM2X25-PS
40
20
25
32
40
32
0.5 to 300
Kit no.
25
40
Bore size
(mm)
20
1 pc.
CM2X40-PS
2. Grease pack
When maintenance requires only grease,
use the following part numbers to order.
Grease pack part no.:
GR-L-005 (5 g)
GR-L-010 (10 g)
GR-L-150 (150 g)
Mounting
Option
REB
REC
Standard equipment
Mounting Rod end
nut
nut
Clevis
pin
Basic style
(1 pc.)
(2)
(1)
(1)
Note 1)
Note 1)
Note 1)
Note 5)
(1)Note 2)
(1)Note 2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
Note 1) Mounting nut is not equipped with clevis integrated style, single clevis style and double clevis style.
Note 2) Trunnion nuts are attached for rod side trunnion and head side trunnion styles.
Note 3) Pin and retaining ring are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint. (40 is
cotter pin.)
Note 4) Pins and retaining rings are packed with clevis brackets.
Note 5) Retaining rings (cotter pins for 40) are included in the clevis pins.
1149
CY
CX
MQ
RHC
RZQ
D-
-X
Individual
-X
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1150
Series CM2X
Basic Style (B)
CM2XB
Bore size
Stroke
G
2 x NN
MM
Width across flats KA
AL
A
K
H
N
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
NA
2 x Eh8
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
NA
Boss-cut style
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Bore size (mm)
AL
B1
B2
FL
H1
H2
KA
MM
NA
NN
20
18
15.5
13
26
0
20 0.033
13
10.5
41
28
M8 x 1.25
15
24
25
22
19.5
17
32
10
0
26 0.033
13
10.5
45
33.5 5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
30
32
22
19.5
17
32
12
0
26 0.033
13
10.5
45
37.5 5.5
10
M10 x 1.25
15
40
24
21
22
41
14
0
32 0.039
16
13.5
11
50
10
46.5
12
Boss-cut Style
ZZ
M20 x 1.5
62
116
M26 x 1.5
62
120
64
122
88
154
M32 x 2
(mm)
ZZ
103
25
107
32
109
40
138
H
K
F G
H2
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
2 x NN
G F
A
AL
H1
Stroke
2 x LC
LH
CM2XL
4 x LD
MM
N
LT
LX
LZ
(mm)
Bore size (mm) A AL B B1 B2 D
F FL G
H H1 H2
K KA LC LD LH LS LT LX LZ
MM
N NA
NN
Z ZZ
20
18 15.5 40 13 26 8 13 10.5 8 41 5
8 28 5
62 20 8 21 131
25
22 19.5 47 17 32 10 13 10.5 8 45 6
8 33.5 5.5 8
62 20 8 25 135
32
22 19.5 47 17 32 12 13 10.5 8 45 6
8 37.5 5.5 10 4 6.8 28 104 3.2 40 55 M10 x 1.25 15 34.5 M26 x 1.5
64 20 8 25 137
40
24 21 54 22 41 14 16 13.5 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 4
1150
88 23 10 27 171
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1151
Series CM2X
2 x FD
MM
FX
FZ
Mounting hole
40
FY
C2
Mounting hole
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
AL
A
Width across
flats KA
20 to 32
H2
2 x NN
E
I
4 x FD
FT
N
K
Z
H
1.5
N
F
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
Boss-cut style
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Bore size (mm) A AL B
B1 B2 C2
25
32
40
F FL FD FT FX FY FZ G
H1 H2
K KA
MM
N NA
NN
Z ZZ
0
20 0.033 13 10.5
0
13 10.5
22 19.5 40 17 32 37 10 26 0.033
60 75
41
28
62 37 116
60 75
45
33.5 5.5
62 41 120
0
13 10.5
22 19.5 40 17 32 37 12 26 0.033
0
16 13.5
24 21 52 22 41 47.3 14 32 0.039
60 75
45
64 41 122
66 36 82 11 50
10 46.5
88 45 154
18 15.5 34 13 26 30
20
Boss-cut Style
(mm)
103
25
107
32
109
40
138
ZZ
REA
Stroke
REB
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
AL
A
2 x FD
4 x FD
Mounting hole
Mounting
hole
E
D
MM
Width across
flats KA
H2
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
CX
FX
FZ
N
FT
40
MQ
20 to 32
(mm)
F
FL
FD
FT
FX
FY
FZ
H1
H2
13
10.5
60
75
41
28
13
10.5
60
75
45
33.5
13
10.5
60
75
45
37.5
16
13.5
66
36
82
11
50
10
46.5
AL
B1
B2
C2
20
18
15.5
34
13
26
30
20 0.033
25
22
19.5
40
17
32
37
10
26 0.033
32
22
19.5
40
17
32
37
12
26 0.033
40
24
21
52
22
41
47.3
14
32 0.039
KA
MM
NA
NN
ZZ
20
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
62
107
116
25
5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
62
111
120
32
5.5
10
M10 x 1.25
15
34.5
M26 x 1.5
64
113
122
40
12
M14 x 1.5
21.5
42.5
M32 x 2
88
143
154
REC
CY
FY
RHC
RZQ
D-
-X
Individual
-X
1151
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1152
Series CM2X
Single Clevis Style (C)
Stroke
CD
H1 NN
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
E
D
CI
NA
AL
A
MM
Width across flats KA
CX
K
H
NA
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
RR
(mm)
Bore size (mm) A
AL B1
FL
H1
13 10.5
41
28
13 10.5
45
33.5 5.5
13 10.5
45
16 13.5 11 50
46.5
CI CD CX
20
18 15.5 13 24
10
20 0.033
25
22 19.5 17 30
10 10
26 0.033
32
22 19.5 17 30
10 12
26 0.033
40
24 21 22 38 10 15 14
32 0.039
MM
62 14 133 142
62 14 137 146
64 14 139 148
N NA
NN
RR
11 88 18 177 188
ZZ
K KA
CD hole H10 0
H1 NN
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
CL
I
E
D
CI
0.040
Axis d9 0.076
NA
AL
A
MM
Width across flats KA
N
K
CX
N
L
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
CZ
NA
RR
(mm)
Bore size (mm) A AL B1 CD CI CL CX CZ D
F FL G
H1
13 10.5 8
41
28
62 14 133 142
13 10.5 8
45
6 33.5 5.5 8
62 14 137 146
13 10.5 8
45
64 14 139 148
16 13.5 11 50
20
18 15.5 13
24 25 10 19
200.033
25
22 19.5 17
30 25 10 19 10
260.033
32
22 19.5 17
30 25 10 19 12
260.033
40
24 21 22 10 38 41.2 15 30 14
320.039
K KA L
5
8 46.5 7
MM
N NA
NN
P RR S
Z ZZ
11 88 18 177 188
Clevis pin and retaining ring (cotter pin for bore size 40) are shipped together.
1152
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1153
Series CM2X
Stroke
Width across flats B2
G
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
2 x NN
E
I
TY
TD
MM
Width across flats KA
TX
TZ
AL
A
K
Z
H
TT
N
N
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
Boss-cut style
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
E
A
18
22
22
24
AL
15.5
19.5
19.5
21
B1
13
17
17
22
B2
26
32
32
41
D
8
10
12
14
0
20 0.033
0
26 0.033
0
26 0.033
0
32 0.039
S
62
62
64
88
TD
8
9
9
10
TT
10
10
10
11
TX
32
40
40
53
TY
32
40
40
53
TZ
52
60
60
77
F
13
13
13
16
Z
36
40
40
44.5
FL
10.5
10.5
10.5
13.5
G
8
8
8
11
H
41
45
45
50
H1
5
6
6
8
I
28
33.5
37.5
46.5
K
5
5.5
5.5
7
KA
6
8
10
12
MM
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.25
M10 x 1.25
M14 x 1.5
N
15
15
15
21.5
NA
24
30
34.5
42.5
NN
M20 x 1.5
M26 x 1.5
M26 x 1.5
M32 x 2
(mm)
ZZ
116
120
122
154
Boss-cut Style
Bore size (mm)
20
25
32
40
(mm)
ZZ
103
107
109
138
REA
REB
REC
CY
CX
MQ
RHC
RZQ
D-
-X
Individual
-X
1153
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1154
Series CM2X
Head Side Trunnion Style (T)
CM2XT Bore size
Stroke
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
TD
TY
E
D
2 x NN
MM
Width across flats KA
AL
A
K
H
TX
TZ
N
TT
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
F
FL
H1
KA
MM
NA
NN
13
10.5
41
28
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
13
10.5
45
33.5
5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
13
10.5
45
37.5
5.5
10
M10 x 1.25
15
34.5
M26 x 1.5
16
13.5
11
50
46.5
12
M14 x 1.5
21.5
42.5
M32 x 2
AL
B1
B2
20
18
15.5
13
26
20 0.033
25
22
19.5
17
32
10
26 0.033
32
22
19.5
17
32
12
26 0.033
40
24
21
22
41
14
32 0.039
(mm)
Bore size (mm)
TD
TT
TX
TY
TZ
ZZ
20
62
10
32
32
52
108
118
25
62
10
40
40
60
112
122
32
64
10
40
40
60
114
124
40
88
10
11
53
53
77
143.5
154
1154
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1155
Series CM2X
LZ + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
Z + Stroke
S + Stroke
H
K
N
G
LP
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
N
G
L RR
U
NA
CX
CD
NA
MM
Width across flats B1
Width across flats KA
LH
E
D
CI
A
AL
H1
Stroke
2 x LD
NN
LT
LF
LG
LY
LV
Refer to page 1156 for details
of clevis pivot bracket.
(mm)
Bore size (mm)
AL
B1
CD
CI
CX
20
18
15.5
13
20
25
22
19.5
17
22
32
22
19.5
17
10
40
24
21
22
10
FL
H1
13
10.5
41
13
10.5
45
13
10.5
45
16
13.5
11
50
12
20 0.033
12
10
26 0.033
27
20
12
26 0.033
33
20
14
32 0.039
KA
MM
NA
NN
28
12
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
33.5
5.5
12
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
37.5
5.5
10
15
M10 x 1.25
15
46.5
12
15
(mm)
Bore size (mm)
RR
62
25
62
32
12
64
40
12
88
20
ZZ
REA
REB
REC
CY
CX
MQ
RHC
RZQ
D-
-X
Individual
-X
1155
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1156
Series CM2X
(mm)
I-020B, 032B
Y (Max.)
(mm)
I-040B
(Min.)
20
25, 32
40
MM
NDH10
U1
R2
Part no.
Applicable bore
size (mm)
0.1
0.2
14
10
11
66
I-020B
I-032B
I-040B
20
25, 32
40
NX1
18
41
M8 x 1.25
+0.058
0
22
45
M10 x 1.25
+0.058
0
0.1
0.2
14
10
14
69
24
50
M14 x 1.5
12
+0.070
0
16
0.1
0.3
20
14
13
92
A A1 E1 L1
MM
NDH10
NX
R1 U1
46 16 20 36 M8 x 1.25 9
+0.058
0
0.1
0.2
48 18 20 38 M10 x 1.25 9
+0.058
0
0.1
0.2
10 14
69 22 24 55 M14 x 1.5 12
+0.070
0
16
0.1
0.3
15.5 20
10 14
(mm)
Y (Max.)
ND hole H10
Axis d9
(Min.)
MM
ND
R2
U2
20
25, 32
40
18
41
25
M8 x 1.25
NX2
+0.2
+0.1
10
14
11
66
22
45
25
M10 x 1.25
+0.2
+0.1
10
14
14
69
24
50
12
16
+0.3
+0.1
13
25
13
92
(mm)
Y-040B
ND hole H10
Axis d9
ND hole H10
Axis d9
Part no.
Applicable bore
size (mm)
A1
E1
L1
MM
ND
NZ
R1
U1
Applicable pin
part number
Y-020B
Y-032B
Y-040B
20
46
16
20
25
36
M8 x 1.25
+0.2
+0.1
18
14
CDP-1
25, 32
48
18
20
25
38
M10 x 1.25
+0.2
+0.1
18
14
CDP-1
40
68
22
24
49.7
55
M14 x 1.5
12
16
+0.3
+0.1
38
13
25
CDP-3
3 x 18l
NX
Retaining ring
Cotter pin
size
Clevis pin and retaining ring (cotter pin for 40) are attached.
2 x 3
Through hole
Bore size: 40
CDP-3
2 x 3
Through hole
1156
Cotter pin
3 x 18l
(mm)
CDP-1
Bore size: 40
CDP-2
(mm)
Cotter pin
3 x 18l
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1157
(mm)
Series CM2X
(mm)
Material: Rolled steel plate
LC hole
Axis
Part no.
Applicable bore
size (mm)
NT-02
NT-03
NT-04
20
25, 32
40
8
2 x LD
Mounting Nut
(mm)
Material: Carbon steel
bore
Part no. Applicable
size (mm)
CM-E020B
CM-E032B
20, 25
32, 40
LC LD LE LF LG LH LR LT LX LY LV Applicable pin
part no.
24.5
6.8
22
15
30
30
10
3.2
12
59 18.4
CD-S02
34
10
25
15
40
40
13
20
75
CD-S03
26
30
32
37
(mm)
Part no.
Applicable bore
size (mm)
28
Trunnion Nut
(mm)
Applicable
retaining ring
part no.
Part no.
Applicable bore
size (mm)
Dd9
CD-S02
CD-S03
20, 25
32, 40
8 0.040
0.076
7.6
24.5
19.5
1.6
0.9
10 0.040
0.076
9.6
34
29
1.35
1.15
Part no.
Applicable bore
size (mm)
20
TN-020B
TN-032B 25, 32
40
TN-040B
26
10
32
10
41
45 40.5 M32 x 2
10
REA
REB
REC
Regarding mounting bracket, accessory made of stainless steel (Some are not available.), refer to page 1864 for -XB12, External stainless steel cylinder.
CY
CX
MQ
RHC
RZQ
D-
-X
Individual
-X
1157
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1158
Series CM2X
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End) and Its Mounting Height
Reed auto switch
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
16.5
16.5
Auto switch
22
(24.5)
22
D-C7/C8
D-H7/H7W/H7NF
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
Auto switch
D-B5/B6/B59W
D-G5NTL
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
Auto switch
D-G39A/K39A
D-A33A/A34A
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
D-A44A
Auto switch
D-C73C/C80C
1158
Auto switch
D-H7C
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
Hs
Auto switch
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1159
Series CM2X
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End) and Its Mounting Height
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position
(mm)
Auto switch
model
D-M9
D-M9W
D-A9
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
32
40
D-C7
D-C80
D-C73C
D-C80C
D-B5
D-B64
D-B59W
D-A3A
D-G39A
D-K39A
D-A44A
D-H7
D-H7C
D-H7W
D-H7NF
D-G5NTL
6.5
5.5
10.5
9.5
0.5
2.5
1.5
6.5
5.5
10.5
9.5
0.5
2.5
1.5
7.5
6.5
11.5
10.5
1.5
0.5
3.5
2.5
13.5
11.5
17.5
15.5
13
12
10
6.5
5.5
12
11
8.5
7.5
Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting.
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
32
40
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
D-B5
D-B64
D-B59W
D-G5NTL
D-H7C
(mm)
D-C7
D-C80
D-H7
D-H7W
D-H7NF
D-C73C
D-C80C
D-A3A
D-G39A
D-K39A
D-A44A
Hs
Hs
Hs
Hs
Hs
Hs
22
25.5
22.5
25
60
69.5
24.5
28
25
27.5
62.5
72
28
31.5
28.5
31
66
75.5
32
35.5
32.5
35
70
79.5
REA
REB
REC
CY
CX
MQ
RHC
RZQ
D-
-X
Individual
-X
1159
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1160
Series CM2X
Minimum Auto Switch Mounting Stroke
n: No. of auto switch (mm)
2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.
Same surface
Different surfaces
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
10
15 Note)
45
D-C7
D-C80
10
15
50
D-H7
D-H7W
D-H7NF
10
15
60
D-C73C
D-C80C
D-H7C
10
15
65
D-B5/B64
D-G5NTL
10
15
75
D-B59W
15
20
75
D-A3A/G39A
D-K39A/A44A
10
35
100
Note)
Different surfaces
Same surface
(n-2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
45 + 45 (n-2)
(n-2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
50 + 45 (n-2)
(n-2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
60 + 45 (n-2)
(n-2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
65 + 50 (n-2)
(n-2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
75 + 55 (n-2)
(n-2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
75 + 55(n-2)
35 + 30(n-2)
15 + 45
15 + 45
15 + 45
15 + 50
15 + 50
20 + 50
Different surfaces
A
A6
15
Auto switch
6
D-M9
D-M9W
B6
D-A93
D-M9
D-M9W
Operating Range
(mm)
Auto switch model
20
25
32
40
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
3.5
3.5
D-C7/C80
D-C73C/C80C
D-B5/B64
D-A3A/A44A
12
12
13
13
4.5
8.5
10
D-B59W
D-H7/H7W
D-G5NTL/H7NF
D-H7C
D-G39A/K39A
1160
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1161
Series CM2X
20
25
32
40
Note)
qBM2-020
wBJ3-1
Note)
qBM2-025
wBJ3-1
Note)
qBM2-032
wBJ3-1
Note)
qBM2-040
wBJ3-1
D-C7/C80
D-C73C/C80C
D-H7
D-H7W
D-H7NF
BM2-020
BM2-025
BM2-032
BM2-040
D-B5/B64
D-B59W
D-G5NTL
D-G5NBL
BA2-020
BA2-025
BA2-032
BA2-040
D-A3A/A44A
D-G39A/K39A
BM3-020
BM3-025
BM3-032
BM3-040
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
Note) Two kinds of auto switch mounting brackets are used as a set.
e
Switch spacer
(Stainless steel)
d
Switch holder
(Resin)
Auto switch
c
Switch bracket
(Stainless steel)
b
Auto switch mounting screw
REA
Other than the applicable auto switches listed in How to Order, the following auto switches can be mounted.
For detailed specifications, refer to pages 1719 to 1827.
Auto switch type
Reed
Model
REC
Features
D-C80
D-H7A1, H7A2, H7B
Solid state
REB
CY
CX
MQ
With pre-wired connector is available for solid state auto switches. For details, refer to pages 1784 to 1785.
Normally closed (NC = b contact), solid state auto switches (D-F9G, F9H type) are also available. For details, refer to page 1746.
Wide range detection type, solid state auto switches (D-G5NBL type) are also available. Refer to page 1776 for details.
RHC
RZQ
D-
-X
Individual
-X
1161
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Series 10-,
Page 1162
11-CQSX, CQ2X
Clean Series Low Speed Cylinder Series 10-, 11The type which is applicable for using inside the clean room graded Class 100 by making an actuators rod
section a double seal construction and discharging by relief port directly to the outside of clean room.
Since the external dimensions and applicable auto switches are the same as standard type, refer to the
separate catalog of Pneumatic Clean Series.
How to Order
How to Order
Clean Series
10
11
Clean Series
10
11
Relief type
Vacuum type
10 C(D)QSX B 20 30 D
M9BW
Relief type
Vacuum type
10 C(D)Q2XB 40
(Built-in magnet)
(Built-in magnet)
Through-hole/Both ends
tapped common (Standard)
Nil
S
n
12 mm
16 mm
20 mm
25 mm
12, 16
20
25
2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.
Auto switch
Nil
Standard stroke
(mm)
Fluid
Proof pressure
Maximum operating pressure
Minimum operating pressure
Ambient and fluid temperature
Piston speed
Piston rod size
Rod end thread
Female thread
Male thread
Stroke tolerance
Port size
Vacuum port, Relief port
Bore size
(mm)
Fluid
Proof pressure
Maximum operating pressure
Minimum operating pressure
Ambient and fluid temperature
Piston speed
Piston rod size
Rod end thread
Female thread
Male thread
Stroke tolerance
Port size
Vacuum port, Relief port
1162
Nil
Nil
M
Rc
NPT
G
TN
TF
D Double acting
32 to 100
32, 40
25
0.04 MPa
0.035 MPa
Without auto switch: 10 to 70C
With auto switch: 10 to 60C
1 to 200 mm/s
6
8
10
12
M3 x 0.5
M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.25
+1.0
0 mm
M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.
Bore size
(mm)
Action
S
n
D Double acting
Air
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
12
Number of
auto switches
50, 63
12
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
63 mm
Specifications
Bore size
(mm)
32
40
50
63
Number of
auto switches
Bore size
12
16
20
25
J79W
Bore size
Mounting style
B
30 D
25
Air
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.03 MPa
0.025 MPa
Without auto switch: 10 to 70C
With auto switch: 10 to 60C
1 to 200 mm/s
0.5 to 200 mm/s
6
8
10
12
M3 x 0.5
M4 x 0.7
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0
M5 x 0.8
M6 x 1.0
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.25
+1.0
0 mm
M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8
Auto switch
Standard stroke
(mm)
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30,
35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100
10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35,
40, 45, 50, 75, 100
Nil
Specifications
Bore size
(mm)
32
32
Fluid
Proof pressure
Maximum operating pressure
Minimum operating pressure
Air
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.035 MPa
0.03 MPa
0.025 MPa
0.02 MPa
Without auto switch: 10 to 70C
Ambient and fluid temperature
With auto switch: 10 to 60C
Piston speed
1 to 200 mm/s
0.5 to 200 mm/s
Piston rod size
16
20
16
20
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.5
Female thread
Rod end thread
M14 x 1.5
M18 x 1.5
M14 x 1.5
M18 x 1.5
Male thread
+1.0
Stroke tolerance
0 mm
Port size
M5 x 0.8, 1/8 Note 1)
M5 x 0.8, 1/8 Note 1)
1/4
1/4
Vacuum port, Relief port
M5 x 0.8
Note 1) Only 5 stroke comes with M5 x 0.8 in the case of no auto switch on 32.
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1163
Microspeed Cylinder
for Clean Room
Series 10-,
11-CM2X
Mounting style
Relief type
Vacuum type
10 C(D)M2X L 40
Basic style
B
Axial foot style
L
F Rod side flange style
G Head side flange style
BZ Boss-cut basic style
150 M9BW
FZ
(Built-in magnet)
Bore size
20
25
32
40
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
Rc
TN
TF
NPT
Nil
S
n
2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.
Auto switch
Nil
Standard Stroke
Clean series
10(Relief type)
11(Vacuum type)
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 250, 300
Specifications
Bore size
(mm)
20
Fluid
Proof pressure
Maximum operating pressure
Minimum operating pressure
20
40
Air
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
0.035 MPa
0.025 MPa
Without auto switch: 10 to 70C
With auto switch: 10 to 60C
Rubber bumper
40
8
M8 x 1.25
1 to 200 mm/s
10
12
M10 x 1.25
1/8
14
M14 x 1.5
8
M8 x 1.25
+1.4
0 mm
1/4
REA
14
M14 x 1.5
REB
1/4
REC
M5 x 0.8
CY
Precautions
CX
MQ
RHC
RZQ
Operating Precautions
Warning
1. Do not rotate the cover.
When installing a cylinder or screwing a pipe fitting into the port, the
coupling portion of the cover could break if the cover rotated.
Caution
Maintenance
Caution
D-
1. Grease pack
When maintenance requires only grease, use the following part
number to order.
Grease pack part no.: GR-X-005 (5 g)
-X
Individual
-X
1163
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1164
Related Products:
Made to Order Specifications:
-X B13
CG1
XB13
CY1
CY3
XB13
MB
XB13
MGPM
L
XB13
MGGM
XB13
MGCM
XB13
CX2
XB13
CXW M
L
XB13
CXS M
L
XB13
MXH
MXU
XB13
CXT M
L
CXSJ M
L
XB13
Specifications
Applicable
cylinder
Series
Action
Cushion
Air cylinder
Standard
CG1
MB
Magnetically
Compact
coupled
guide
rodless
cylinder
cylinder
1
CY 3
M
MGP L
Guide
cylinder
32, 40
50, 63
80, 100
5 to 50 mm/s
Rubber
bumper
Air
cushion
on
both ends
Mounting
Platform
cylinder
MXH
MXU
CXTL
6, 10
16, 20
6, 10
16
12, 16
20, 25
32, 40
Double acting
CY3B: 6, 10,
15, 20, 25, 32
40, 50, 63
CY1S,
CY1L: 6 to 40
7 to 50
mm/s
12, 16, 20
25, 32, 40
50, 63, 80
100
5 to 50
mm/s
Rubber bumper
20, 25, 32
40, 50, 63
80, 100
20, 25
32, 40
50
10, 15
25
10, 16
20, 25
32
6, 10
15, 20
25, 32
6, 10
15, 20
25, 32
5 to 50 mm/s
Rubber bumper
(Basic cylinder)
Shock
absorber
(CX2: Option)
Rubber
bumper
Mountable
Basic
Slider
Basic
Basic
Front mounting
Flange
Dimensions
Dimensions and specifications are the same as standard products of double acting.
Additional
specifications
No shock absorber is available for the Series MGGM.
1164
Auto switch
Basic
Basic
Foot
Foot
Flange
Flange
Trunnion Clevis
Clevis Trunnion
Compact slide
Slide bearing
Slide unit
Basic
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1165
Related Products:
Elbow/Universal Type
Air Flow/Effective Area
AS121FM-M5
AS131FM-M5
Model
Inch size
AS221FM-02
AS231FM-02
6, 8
3.2, 4
3.2, 4, 6
Metric size
Tubing
O.D.
AS221FM-01
AS231FM-01
1/8", 5/32"
8, 10
3/16", 1/4"
5/16"
1/4", 5/16"
3/8"
5/32" 3/16"
12
38
0.1
0.2
0.6
100
180
230
260
390
460
1.5
2.7
3.5
Free flow
In-line Type
Air Flow/Effective Area
Tubing
O.D.
AS2001FM
AS1001FM
Model
3.2, 4, 6
Metric size
Inch size
5/32"
AS2051FM
3/16", 1/4"
3/16"
4
12
8
1/4", 5/16"
38
0.1
100
130
230
290
460
1.5
3.5
4.5
Free flow
0.2
0.6
Model
Cylinder side
Port size
Controlled flow
Free flow
Tube side
Air flow (l/min (ANR))
AS220M-01
AS220M-02
R 1/8
R 1/4
NPT 1/8
Rc 1/8
NPT 1/4
Rc 1/4
12
38
0.1
0.2
0.6
105
280
420
1.6
4.3
6.5
REA
REB
Dual Type
REC
Air Flow/Effective Area
Tubing O.D.
Model
ASD230FM-M5
Metric size
4, 6
1/8", 5/32"
3/16", 1/4"
Inch size
ASD330FM-01
6, 8
3/16", 1/4"
CY
ASD430FM-02
6
8, 10
CX
1/4", 5/16"
3/8"
12
38
MQ
0.1
0.2
0.6
RHC
RZQ
D-
-X
Individual
-X
1165
P1111-P1166-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:25 PM
Page 1166
Warning
Horizontal Operation
1
11
Vertical Operation
1
11
A
a
P1
P2
(c)
(b)
P0
P0
a
A
W: Load (N) P0: Operating pressure (MPa) P1, P2: Reduced pressure (MPa) a: Rod side piston area (mm2) A: Head side piston area (mm2)
Warning
Since CJ2X, CUX10 are subject to internal leakage due to their construction, the speed may not be fully controlled with the meter-out controller
() during low speed operation.
Selection
Caution
1. Operate within the standard strokes.
Operating with the stroke exceeding the standard stroke may
cause malfunction.
1166
Pneumatic Circuit
Caution
1. The piping length between the speed controller and
the cylinder port must be kept as short as possible.
If the speed controller and the cylinder port are far apart,
speed adjustment may be unstable.
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:21 PM
Page 1069
Smooth Cylinder
Series CM2Y
20, 25, 32, 40
How to Order
CM2Y L 40
With auto switch
150
150 M9BW
CDM2Y L 40
Made to Order
(Built-in magnet)
Mounting style
Basic style
B
Axial foot style
L
Rod side flange style
F
Head side flange style
G
Single clevis style
C
Double clevis style
D
Rod side trunnion style
U
Head side trunnion style
T
Integral clevis style
E
Boss-cut basic style
BZ
FZ Boss-cut rod side flange style
UZ Boss-cut rod side trunnion style
Bore size
20
25
32
40
20 mm
25 mm
Nil
2 pcs.
S
n
n pcs.
1 pc.
Auto switch
32 mm
Nil
40 mm
Thread type
Nil
Rc
TN
TF
NPT
Type
Special function
Electrical
entry
Grommet
Indicator light
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to pages 1719 to 1827 for further information on auto switches.
Wiring
(Output)
3-wire (NPN)
3-wire (PNP)
Load voltage
DC
Applicable
load
M9N
M9P
M9B
H7C
G39A
K39A
M9NW
M9PW
M9BW
H7NF
A96
IC circuit
100 V
100 V or less
100 V, 200 V
200 V or less
24 V or less
A93
A90
B54
B64
C73C
C80C
A33A
A34A
A44A
B59W
IC circuit
5 V, 12 V
12 V
2-wire
Connector
5 V, 12 V
3-wire (NPN)
Terminal
24 V
conduit Yes
12 V
2-wire
3-wire (NPN)
Diagnostic
5 V, 12 V
indication
3-wire (PNP)
Grommet
(2-color)
12 V
2-wire
5 V, 12 V
4-wire (NPN)
With diagnostic output (2-color)
3-wire
5V
Grommet
AC
Auto switch
model
IC circuit
REA
IC circuit Relay,
PLC
REB
IC circuit
REC
IC circuit
CY
CX
MQ
Reed switch
No
Yes
Relay,
PLC
No
12 V
Yes
Connector
2-wire
24 V
IC circuit
No
PLC
Terminal
conduit
100 V, 200 V
Yes
Relay,
DIN terminal
PLC
RHC
RZQ
D-
-X
1069
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:21 PM
Page 1070
Series CM2Y
Specifications
JIS Symbol
Integral clevis
20
25
32
40
Rubber bumper
0.5 l/min (ANR) or less
Made to Order
20
25
32
40
0.02
Specifications
Change of rod end shape
Special port location
XC3
Made of stainless steel
XC6
Adjustable stroke cylinder/adjustable retraction type
XC9
XC13 Auto switch rail mounting style
XC20 Head cover axial port
XA
Precautions
Be sure to read before handling.
Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for
Safety Instructions and pages 3 to
11 for Actuator and Auto Switch
Precautions.
Handling Precautions
Warning
1. Do not rotate the cover
When installing a cylinder or screwing a fitting into
the port, the coupling portion of the cover may be
damaged if the cover rotates.
Caution
1. Be careful of the retaining ring to pop out.
When replacing the rod seal, be careful of the
retaining ring not to pop out while removing it.
Part no.
PDU-8Z
PDU-10Z
PDU-12LZ
PDU-14LZ
Mounting bracket
Axial foot
Flange
CM-F020B
Single clevis
CM-T020B
CM-F032B
CM-T032B
CM-T040B
Accessory
Mounting
Option
Note 3)
Mounting
nut
Rod end
nut
Clevis
pin
Single Double
knuckle knuckle
joint
joint
Note 4)
Clevis
bracket
Basic style
(1 pc.)
(2)
(1)
(1)
Note 1)
Note 1)
Note 1)
Note 5)
(1)Note 2)
(1)Note 2)
(1)
(1)
(1)
Note 1) Mounting nuts are not attached to the integral clevis, single clevis and double clevis types.
Note 2) Trunnion nuts are mounted on the rod side trunnion style and head side trunnion style.
Note 3) Pins and retaining rings (cotter pins in case of 40) are packed with the double clevis
and double knuckle joint styles.
Note 4) Pins and retaining rings are packed with clevis brackets.
Note 5) Retaining rings (cotter pins for 40) are included in clevis pins.
Standard Stroke
1070
Note 1) Manufacture of intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals is possible. (Spacers are not used.)
Note 2) As the stroke increases, more sliding resistance may result due to the
deflection of the piston rod and other factors. Take measures such as the
installation of a guide.
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:21 PM
Page 1071
Smooth Cylinder
Mass
Series CM2Y
(kg)
20
25
32
40
Basic style
0.14
0.21
0.28
0.56
0.29
0.37
0.44
0.83
Flange style
0.20
0.30
0.37
0.68
0.12
0.19
0.27
0.52
0.18
0.25
0.32
0.65
0.19
0.27
0.33
0.69
Trunnion style
0.18
0.28
0.34
0.66
0.13
0.19
0.26
0.53
0.19
0.28
0.35
0.65
0.17
0.26
0.32
0.63
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.13
0.07
0.07
0.14
0.14
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.23
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.20
Basic
mass
Mounting style
Bore size
Stroke
X1854
Same mounting specification as CM2Q
In order to adjust the mounting dimensions of the low friction cylinder (CM2Q), extend the longitudinal dimension (S, ZZ) by 3 mm.
Specifications
Cylinder bore size (mm)
20
25
32
40
Action
Dual directions
Air
Fluid
Proof pressure
1.05 MPa
0.7 MPa
REA
REB
REC
Dimensions
CY
CX
MQ
S + Stroke
RHC
ZZ + Stroke
ZZ
20
65
119
25
65
123
32
67
125
40
91
157
RZQ
D-
-X
Individual
-X
Add 3 mm to S and ZZ dimensions of the double acting, single rod type on pages 1072 to 1076 for the dimensions for each mounting bracket other than the basic style.
1071
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:21 PM
Page 1072
Series CM2Y
Basic Style (B)
CM2YB
Bore size
Stroke
G
2 x NN
MM
Width across flats KA
AL
A
K
H
1.5
1.5
N
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
NA
2 x Eh8
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
NA
Boss-cut
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Bore size (mm) A
AL
B1
B2
FL
H1
H2
KA
MM
NA
NN
M8 x 1.25
15
24
ZZ
M20 x 1.5
62
116
20
18
15.5
13
26
0
200.033
13
10.5
41
28
25
22
19.5
17
32
10
0
260.033
13
10.5
45
33.5 5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
62
120
32
22
19.5
17
32
12
0
260.033
13
10.5
45
37.5 5.5
10
M10 x 1.25
15
64
122
40
24
21
22
41
14
32
0
0.039
16
13.5
11
50
10
46.5
12
M14 x 1.5
21.5 42.5
88
154
Boss-cut
M32 x 2
(mm)
ZZ
103
25
107
32
109
40
138
F G
H2
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
2 x NN
(Effective thread length 2 x FL)
G F
A
AL
H1
Stroke
2 x LC
LH
CM2YL
4 x LD
N
LT
MM
Width across flats B2
N
X
LX
LZ
(mm)
F FL G
H H1 H2
K KA LC LD LH LS LT LX LZ
MM
N NA
NN
Z ZZ
20
18 15.5 40 13 26 8 13 10.5 8 41 5
8 28 5
62 20 8 21 131
25
22 19.5 47 17 32 10 13 10.5 8 45 6
8 33.5 5.5 8
62 20 8 25 135
32
22 19.5 47 17 32 12 13 10.5 8 45 6
8 37.5 5.5 10 4 6.8 28 104 3.2 40 55 M10 x 1.25 15 34.5 M26 x 1.5
64 20 8 25 137
40
24 21 54 22 41 14 16 13.5 11 50 8 10 46.5 7 12 4
1072
88 23 10 27 171
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:21 PM
Page 1073
Smooth Cylinder
Series CM2Y
2 x FD
Mounting hole
40
FY
C2
4 x FD
Mounting hole
FX
FZ
20 to 32
H1
H2
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
2 x NN
Eh8
I
Bore size
CM2YF
MM
Width across
flats KA
AL
A
1.5
FT
N
N
F
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
Boss-cut style
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Bore size (mm) A AL B
20
25
32
40
B1 B2 C2
F FL FD FT FX FY FZ G
H1 H2
K KA
MM
N NA
NN
Z ZZ
0
20 0.033 13 10.5
0
13 10.5
22 19.5 40 17 32 37 10 26 0.033
60 75
41
28
62 37 116
60 75
45
33.5 5.5
62 41 120
0
13 10.5
22 19.5 40 17 32 37 12 26 0.033
0
16 13.5
24 21 52 22 41 47.3 14 32 0.039
60 75
45
64 41 122
66 36 82 11 50
10 46.5
88 45 154
18 15.5 34 13 26 30
Boss-cut Style
Bore size (mm)
20
ZZ
103
25
107
32
109
40
138
(mm)
REA
REB
REC
CY
CX
MQ
RHC
RZQ
D-
-X
Individual
-X
1073
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:21 PM
Page 1074
Series CM2Y
Head Side Flange Style (G)
CM2YG Bore size
Stroke
H2
AL
A
1.5
K
H
MM
Width across flats KA
4 x FD
Mounting hole
2 x FD
Mounting hole
C2
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
Eh8
D
H1 2 x NN
FY
FX
FZ
N
FT
S + Stroke
40
20 to 32
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
F
FL
FD
FT
FX
FY
FZ
H1
H2
13
10.5
60
75
41
28
13
10.5
60
75
45
33.5
13
10.5
60
75
45
37.5
16
13.5
66
36
82
11
50
10
46.5
ZZ
M20 x 1.5
62
107
116
30
M26 x 1.5
62
111
120
34.5
M26 x 1.5
64
113
122
M32 x 2
88
143
154
AL
B1
B2
C2
20
18
15.5
34
13
26
30
20 0.033
25
22
19.5
40
17
32
37
10
26 0.033
32
22
19.5
40
17
32
37
12
26 0.033
40
24
21
52
22
41
47.3
14
32 0.039
KA
MM
NA
NN
20
M8 x 1.25
15
24
25
5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
32
5.5
10
M10 x 1.25
15
40
12
M14 x 1.5
21.5
42.5
(mm)
P
Stroke
CDH10
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
Eh8
D
CI
+0.058
0
H1 NN
MM
AL
A
NA
CM2YC
CX 0.1
0.2
1.5
K
H
NA
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
RR
(mm)
Bore size (mm) A
AL B1
FL
H1
0
20 0.033
13 10.5
41
28
CI CD CX
MM
62 14 133 142
N NA
NN
RR
ZZ
K KA
20
18 15.5 13 24
10
25
22 19.5 17 30
10 10
0
26 0.033
13 10.5
45
33.5 5.5
62 14 137 146
32
22 19.5 17 30
10 12
0
26 0.033
13 10.5
45
64 14 139 148
40
24 21 22 38 10 15 14
0
32 0.039
16 13.5 11 50
46.5
1074
11 88 18 177 188
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:21 PM
Page 1075
Smooth Cylinder
Series CM2Y
Bore size
Stroke
CD hole H10
G Axis d9
G 2xP
H1 NN
+0.058
0
CL
0.040
0.076
NA
CI
Eh8
D
(Rc, NPT, G)
MM
AL
A
1.5
CX +0.2
+0.1
CZ
NA
S + Stroke
RR
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
Bore size (mm) A AL B1 CD CI CL CX CZ D
F FL G
H1
13 10.5 8
41
28
62 14 133 142
13 10.5 8
45
6 33.5 5.5 8
62 14 137 146
13 10.5 8
45
64 14 139 148
16 13.5 11 50
20
18 15.5 13
24 25 10 19
20 0.033
25
22 19.5 17
30 25 10 19 10
26 0.033
32
22 19.5 17
30 25 10 19 12
26 0.033
40
24 21 22 10 38 41.2 15 30 14
32 0.039
K KA L
5
MM
N NA
NN
P RR S
8 46.5 7
Z ZZ
11 88 18 177 188
Clevis pin and snap ring (cotter pin for bore size 40) are shipped together.
0.025
TY
MM
TX
TZ
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
2 x NN
Eh8
I
Bore size
TDe9 0.061
CM2YU
AL
A
K
Z
H
TT
2 x FL
1.5
N
F
S + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
REA
Boss-cut style
REB
REC
CY
ZZ + Stroke
A
18
22
22
24
AL
15.5
19.5
19.5
21
B1
13
17
17
22
B2
26
32
32
41
D
8
10
12
14
0
20 0.033
0
26 0.033
0
26 0.033
0
32 0.039
S
62
62
64
88
TD
8
9
9
10
TT
10
10
10
11
TX
32
40
40
53
TY
32
40
40
53
TZ
52
60
60
77
F
13
13
13
16
Z
36
40
40
44.5
FL
10.5
10.5
10.5
13.5
(mm)
ZZ
116
120
122
154
G
8
8
8
11
H
41
45
45
50
I
28
33.5
37.5
46.5
H1
5
6
6
8
K
5
5.5
5.5
7
KA
6
8
10
12
MM
M8 x 1.25
M10 x 1.25
M10 x 1.25
M14 x 1.5
N
15
15
15
21.5
NA
24
30
34.5
42.5
NN
M20 x 1.5
M26 x 1.5
M26 x 1.5
M32 x 2
(mm)
P
MQ
RHC
RZQ
Boss-cut Style
Bore size (mm)
20
25
32
40
CX
(mm)
ZZ
103
107
109
138
D-
-X
Individual
-X
1075
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:21 PM
Page 1076
Series CM2Y
Head Side Trunnion Style (T)
Stroke
Effective thread length 2 x FL
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
1.5
Eh8
D
TY
H1
2 x NN
0.025
Bore size
TDe9 0.061
CM2YT
MM
AL
A
K
H
TX
TZ
N
TT
S + Stroke
Z + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
(mm)
F
FL
H1
KA
MM
NA
NN
13
10.5
41
28
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
13
10.5
45
33.5
5.5
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
13
10.5
45
37.5
5.5
10
M10 x 1.25
15
34.5
M26 x 1.5
16
13.5
11
50
46.5
12
M14 x 1.5
21.5
42.5
M32 x 2
AL
B1
B2
20
18
15.5
13
26
20 0.033
25
22
19.5
17
32
10
26 0.033
32
22
19.5
17
32
12
26 0.033
40
24
21
22
41
14
32 0.039
TD
TT
TX
TY
TZ
ZZ
20
62
10
32
32
52
108
118
25
62
10
40
40
60
112
122
32
64
10
40
40
60
114
124
40
88
10
11
53
53
77
143.5
154
(mm)
H
K
LZ + Stroke
ZZ + Stroke
Z + Stroke
S + Stroke
N
G
LP
2xP
(Rc, NPT, G)
1.5
N
G
L RR
U
NA
0
CX 0.1
+0.058
0
CDH10
MM
2 x LD
NN
LF
LT
LH
CI
Eh8
D
A
AL
H1
Stroke
NA
CM2YE
LG
LY
LV
Refer to page 1078 for details
of clevis pivot bracket.
(mm)
Bore size (mm)
AL
B1
CD
CI
CX
FL
H1
20
18
15.5
13
20
12
0
20 0.033
13
10.5
41
25
22
19.5
17
22
12
10
0
26 0.033
13
10.5
45
32
22
19.5
17
10
27
20
12
0
26 0.033
13
10.5
45
40
24
21
22
10
33
20
14
0
32 0.039
16
13.5
11
50
RR
62
25
62
32
12
64
40
12
88
(mm)
20
1076
ZZ
KA
MM
NA
NN
28
12
M8 x 1.25
15
24
M20 x 1.5
33.5
5.5
12
M10 x 1.25
15
30
M26 x 1.5
37.5
5.5
10
15
M10 x 1.25
15
46.5
12
15
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:21 PM
Page 1077
Series CM2Y
(mm)
I-020B, 032B
Y (Max.)
MM
(mm)
I-040B
R R1
NDH10
MM
U1
H
Z (Min.)
R2
Bore size
20
25, 32
40
MM
A1
NDH10
18
41
M8 x 1.25
+0.058
0
22
45
M10 x 1.25
+0.058
0
24
50
M14 x 1.5
12
+0.070
0
U1
R2
Part no.
Applicable bore
size (mm)
14
10
11
66
0.1
0.2
14
10
14
69
16 0.1
0.3
20
14
13
92
I-020B
I-032B
I-040B
20
25, 32
40
U1
L1
A
A A1 E1 L1
MM
NX
NDH10
NX
R1 U1
46 16 20 36 M8 x 1.25
+0.058
0
0.1
0.2
48 18 20 38 M10 x 1.25
+0.058
0
0.1
0.2
10 14
0.1
0.3
15.5 20
16
69 22 24 55 M14 x 1.5 12 +0.070
0
10 14
(mm)
Y (Max.)
MM
NX2
L
L1
A
A1
U1
0.1
0.2
NX1
NDH10
E1
NX
NX1
RR
E1
MM
45
A
U2
H
Z (Min.)
R2
Bore size
MM
ND
R2
U2
20
25, 32
40
18
41
25
M8 x 1.25
NX2
+0.2
+0.1
10
14
11
66
22
45
25
M10 x 1.25
+0.2
+0.1
10
14
14
69
24
50
12
16
+0.3
+0.1
13
25
13
92
(mm)
Y-040B
1
RR
RR
MM
A1
REB
E1
NX
NZ
L
E1
ND hole H10
Axis d9
REA
ND hole H10
Axis d9
NX
NZ
L
MM
U1
A1
L1
A
L1
A
REC
U1
CY
Part no.
Applicable bore
size
A1
E1
L1
MM
ND
Y-020B
Y-032B
Y-040B
20
46
16
20
25
36
M8 x 1.25
NZ
R1
U1
Applicable pin
part number
+0.2
+0.1
18
14
CDP-1
+0.2
+0.1
18
14
CDP-1
38
13
25
CDP-3
3 x 18l
NX
25, 32
48
18
20
25
38
M10 x 1.25
40
68
22
24
49.7
55
M14 x 1.5
12
16 +0.3
+0.1
Retaining ring
Cotter pin
size
CX
MQ
Clevis pin and retaining ring (cotter pin for 40) are attached.
2 x 3
Through hole
RZQ
Bore size: 40
CDP-3
D-
2 x 3
Through hole
-X
Cotter pin
3 x 18l
(mm)
CDP-1
Bore size: 40
CDP-2
RHC
(mm)
Individual
-X
Cotter pin
3 x 18l
1077
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:21 PM
Page 1078
Series CM2Y
Rod End Nut
(mm)
(mm)
RLR
Axis 0.040
0.076
20
25, 32
40
Mounting Nut
(mm)
Material: Carbon steel
H
Applicable bore
size (mm)
20
SN-020B
SN-032B 25, 32
40
SN-040B
bore
Part no. Applicable
size (mm)
CM-E020B
CM-E032B
20, 25
32, 40
LG
2 x LD
LY
LC LD LE LF LG LH LR LT LX LY LV Applicable pin
part no.
24.5
6.8
22
15
30
30
10
3.2
12
59 18.4
CD-S02
34
10
25
15
40
40
13
20
75
CD-S03
26
30
32
37
(mm)
Trunnion Nut
(mm)
C
D
Part no.
20
TN-020B
TN-032B 25, 32
40
TN-040B
1078
26
10
32
10
41
45 40.5 M32 x 2
10
Part no.
Applicable bore
size (mm)
Dd9
CD-S02
CD-S03
20, 25
32, 40
8 0.040
0.076
7.6
24.5
19.5
1.6
0.9
10 0.040
0.076
9.6
34
29
1.35
1.15
l
L
Applicable bore
size (mm)
28
LF
LE
NT-02
NT-03
NT-04
LT
LH
Applicable bore
size (mm)
Part no.
+0.15
LC hole +0.05
Dd9
H
Part no.
L
LV
LX
Applicable retaining
ring part no.
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:21 PM
Page 1079
Smooth Cylinder
Series CM2Y
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End) and Its Mounting Height
Reed auto switch
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
16.5
16.5
Auto switch
22
(24.5)
22
D-C7/C8
D-H7/H7W/H7NF
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
Auto switch
D-B5/B6/B59W
D-G5NTL
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
Auto switch
D-G39A/K39A
D-A33A/A34A
Hs
Hs
Auto switch
Auto switch
REA
D-A44A
D-H7C
Auto switch
Hs
REB
Hs
Auto switch
REC
CY
CX
MQ
D-C73C/C80C
Hs
RHC
Auto switch
RZQ
D-
-X
Individual
-X
1079
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:21 PM
Page 1080
Series CM2Y
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position (Detection at Stroke End) and Its Mounting Height
Auto Switch Proper Mounting Position
(mm)
Auto switch
model
D-M9
D-M9W
D-A9
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
32
40
D-C7
D-C80
D-C73C
D-C80C
D-B5
D-B64
D-B59W
20
25
32
40
1080
D-G5NTL
5.5
10.5
9.5
0.5
2.5
1.5
6.5
5.5
10.5
9.5
0.5
2.5
1.5
7.5
6.5
11.5
10.5
1.5
0.5
3.5
2.5
13.5
11.5
17.5
15.5
13
12
10
6.5
5.5
12
11
8.5
7.5
Bore size
(mm)
D-H7
D-H7C
D-H7W
D-H7NF
6.5
Note) Adjust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting.
Auto switch
model
D-A3A
D-G39A
D-K39A
D-A44A
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
D-B5
D-B64
D-B59W
D-G5NTL
D-H7C
(mm)
D-C7
D-C80
D-H7
D-H7W
D-H7NF
D-C73C
D-C80C
D-A3A
D-G39A
D-K39A
D-A44A
Hs
Hs
Hs
Hs
Hs
Hs
22
25.5
22.5
25
60
69.5
24.5
28
25
27.5
62.5
72
28
31.5
28.5
31
66
75.5
32
35.5
32.5
35
70
79.5
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:21 PM
Page 1081
Smooth Cylinder
Series CM2Y
2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.
Same surface
Different surfaces
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
10
15 Note)
45
D-C7
D-C80
10
15
50
D-H7
D-H7W
D-H7NF
10
15
60
D-C73C
D-C80C
D-H7C
10
15
65
D-B5/B64
D-G5NTL
10
15
75
D-B59W
15
20
75
D-A3A/G39A
D-K39A/A44A
10
35
100
Note)
Different surfaces
Same surface
(n-2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
45 + 45 (n-2)
(n-2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
50 + 45 (n-2)
(n-2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
60 + 45 (n-2)
(n-2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
65 + 50 (n-2)
(n-2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
75 + 55 (n-2)
(n-2)
2
(n = 2, 4, 6)
75 + 55(n-2)
35 + 30(n-2)
15 + 45
15 + 45
15 + 45
15 + 50
15 + 50
20 + 50
Same surface
A
A6
15
Auto switch
6
D-M9
D-M9W
B6
REA
REB
REC
D-A93
D-M9
D-M9W
CY
CX
Operating Range
Auto switch model
(mm)
MQ
RHC
20
25
32
40
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
3.5
3.5
D-C7/C80
D-C73C/C80C
D-B5/B64
D-A3A/A44A
12
12
13
13
4.5
8.5
10
D-B59W
D-H7/H7W
D-G5NTL/H7NF
D-H7C
D-G39A/K39A
RZQ
D-
-X
Individual
-X
1081
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:21 PM
Page 1082
Series CM2Y
Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.
Bore size (mm)
20
25
32
40
Note)
qBM2-020
wBJ3-1
Note)
qBM2-025
wBJ3-1
Note)
qBM2-032
wBJ3-1
Note)
qBM2-040
wBJ3-1
D-C7/C80
D-C73C/C80C
D-H7
D-H7W
D-H7NF
BM2-020
BM2-025
BM2-032
BM2-040
D-B5/B64
D-B59W
D-G5NTL
BA2-020
BA2-025
BA2-032
BA2-040
D-A3A/A44A
D-G39A/K39A
BM3-020
BM3-025
BM3-032
BM3-040
D-A9
D-M9
D-M9W
Note) Two kinds of auto switch mounting brackets are used as a set.
e
Switch spacer
(Stainless steel)
d
Switch holder
(Resin)
Auto switch
c
Switch bracket
(Stainless steel)
b
Auto switch mounting screw
Other than the applicable auto switches listed in How to Order, the following auto switches can be mounted.
For detailed specifications, refer to pages 1719 to 1827.
Auto switch type
Reed
Model
Features
D-C80
D-H7A1, H7A2, H7B
Solid state
With pre-wired connector is available for solid state auto switches. For details, refer to pages 1784 and 1785.
Normally closed (NC = b contact), solid state auto switches (D-F9G, F9H type) are also available. For details, refer to page 1746.
Wide range detection type, solid state auto switches (D-G5NBL type) are also available. Refer to page 1776 for details.
1082
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:22 PM
Page 1109
Smooth Cylinder
Specific Product Precautions 1
Be sure to read before handling.
Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 11 for Actuator
and Auto Switch Precautions.
Warning
Horizontal operation (Speed control)
1
11
11
P2
A
a
P1
(c)
(b)
P0
P0
REA
REB
REC
a
A
CY
W
CX
MQ
W: Load (N) P0: Operating pressure (MPa) P1, P2: Reduced pressure (MPa) a: Rod side piston area (mm2) A: Head side piston area (mm2)
RHC
RZQ
D-
-X
Individual
-X
1109
P1023-P1110-E.qxd
08.11.17 3:22 PM
Page 1110
Smooth Cylinder
Specific Product Precautions 2
Be sure to read before handling.
Refer to front matters 42 and 43 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to 11 for Actuator
and Auto Switch Precautions.
Lubricant
Caution
1. Operate without lubrication.
Lubrication may cause malfunction.
Part no.
5g
GR-L-005
10 g
GR-L-010
150 g
GR-L-150
1110
Air Source
Caution
1. Take measure to prevent pressure fluctuations.
Pressure fluctuations may cause malfunction.
1011-
Series
CM2X
How to Order
Mounting style
Clean series
Nil
TN
TF
Relief type
10
11 Vacuum suction type
10 C D M2X L 40
Rc
NPT
G
Basic style
B
Axial foot style
L
F Rod side flange style
G Head side flange style
BZ Boss-cut basic style
FZ
150 H7B
Built-in magnet
Nil
D
No
With auto switch
(Built-in magnet)
Number of
auto switches
Nil
S
n
2 pcs.
1 pc.
n pcs.
Bore size
20
25
32
40
20mm
25mm
32mm
40mm
C73
H7B, H7A1
Model
Vacuum
Relief type
suction type
Model
174
10-CM2X20
10-CM2X25
10-CM2X32
10-CM2X40
11-CM2X20
11-CM2X25
11-CM2X32
11-CM2X40
Bore size
(mm)
20
25
32
40
20
25
32
40
Action
Standard stroke
(mm)
Auto switch
mounting
Double acting
single rod
Cushion
Rubber
Air
1/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
Non-lube
10- CM2X/11-CM2X
Specifications
Fluid
Proof pressure
Max. operating pressure
Min. operating pressure
20
40
40
Air cylinder
20
Air
1.5 MPa
1.0 MPa
Cushion
Piston speed
Piston rod diameter
Rod end thread
Rod end thread tolerance
Stroke tolerance
Port size
Vacuum suction port, Relief port
Grease
Particle generation grade
Suction flow rate (Reference values)
8
M8 x 1.25
14
M14 x 1.5
1/4
Air gripper
0.035 MPa
0.025 MPa
Without auto switch : 10C to 70C (With no freezing)
With auto switch : 10 to 60C (With no freezing)
Rubber bumper
1 to 200 mm/s
0.5 to 200 mm/s
10
12
10
12
8
14
M10 x 1.25
M10 x 1.25
M14 x 1.5 M8 x 1.25
JIS Class 2
+1.4
0 mm
1/8
1/8
1/4
M5 x 0.8
Fluorine grease
Grade 2
Grade 1
2 l/min (ANR)
Rotary actuator
Bore size
(mm)
Flow control
equipment
Directional control
valve
External dimensions and applicable auto switches are the same as 10-/11-CM2. Please refer to pages 15 to 20.
Maintenance
1. Grease pack
Use the following part number to order grease for maintenance.
Grease pack
GR-X-005 (5g)
Warning
Caution
Air preparation
equipment
Caution
Filter, Pressure
control equipment
Pressure switch
175
Precaution on designing
Warning
1. There is a possibility of dangerous sudden action by air
cylinders if sliding parts of machinery are twisted due to
external forces, etc.
In such cases, personal injury by catching hands or feet in the
machinery, or damage to the machinery itself may occur.
Therefore, the machine should be adjusted to operate smoothly
and designed to avoid such dangers.
2. A protective cover is recommended to minimize the risk of
personal injury.
If a driven object and moving parts of a cylinder are in close
proximity, personal injury may occur. Design the structure to
avoid contact with the human body.
3. Securely tighten all stationary parts and connected parts so
that they will not become loose.
Particularly when a cylinder operates at a high frequency or is
installed in a place where there is a lot of vibration, ensure that all
parts remain secure.
4. A deceleration circuit may be required.
When a driven object is operated at high speed or the load is
heavy, a cylinder's cushion will not be sufficient to absorb the
impact. Install a deceleration circuit to reduce the speed before
cushioning to relieve the impact.
In this case, the rigidity of the machinery should also be
examined.
5. Consider a possible drop in circuit pressure due to a power
outage, etc.
When a cylinder is used in a clamping mechanism, there is a
danger of workpiece dropping if there is a decrease in clamping
force due to a drop in circuit pressure caused by a power outage,
etc. Therefore, safety equipment should be installed to prevent
damage to machinery and personal injury. Suspension
mechanisms and lifting devices also require consideration for
drop prevention.
6. Consider a possible loss of power source.
Measures should be taken to avoid personal injury and
equipment damage in the event that there is a loss of power to
equipment controlled by pneumatics, electricity, or hydraulics.
7. Design circuitry to prevent the sudden lurching of driven
objects.
When a cylinder is driven by an exhaust center type directional
control valve or when it is started up after residual pressure is
exhausted from the circuit, etc., the piston and its driven object
will lurch when the cylinder is operated at high speed if pressure
is applied to one side of the cylinder, due to the absence of air
pressure inside the cylinder. Therefore, equipment should be
selected and circuits should be designed to prevent this sudden
lurching, because there is a danger of personal injury and/or
damage to equipment when this occurs.
8. Consider emergency stops.
Design the machinery so that personal injury and/or damage to
machinery and equipment will not occur when the machinery is
stopped by a safety device under abnormal conditions, such as a
power outage or a manual emergency stop.
9. Consider the action when operation is restarted after an
emergency stop or abnormal stop.
Design the machinery so that personal injury or equipment
damage will not occur upon restart of operation.
When the cylinder has to be reset at the start position, install
safety manual control equipment.
176
Selection
Warning
1. Confirm the specifications.
The products featured in this catalog are designed for use in
industrial compressed air systems. If the products are used in
conditions where pressure and/or temperature are outside the
range of specifications, damage and/or malfunctions may occur.
Do not use in these conditions. (Refer to the specifications).
Please consult with SMC if you use a fluid other than compressed
air.
2. Intermediate Stops
With a 3-position closed center type valve, it is difficult to
accurately and precisely stop a piston at the required position in
the same way as can be done with hydraulic pressure due to the
compressibility of air.
Furthermore, since valves and cylinders, etc. are not guaranteed
for zero air leakage, it may not be possible to hold a stopped
position for an extended period of time. Please contact with SMC
when it is necessary to hold a stopped position for an extended
period of time.
Caution
1. Operate within the limits of the maximum feasible stroke.
Operation that exceeds the maximum stroke may damage a
piston rod. Refer to the air cylinder model selection procedures
for the maximum feasible strokes.
2. Operate a cylinder within a range such that collision damage
will not occur to a piston at the stroke end.
Operate a cylinder within a range so that a piston having inertial
force will not be damaged when it collides against the cover at the
stroke end. Refer to the air cylinder model selection procedures
for the maximum feasible strokes.
3. Use a speed controller to adjust the cylinder speed,
gradually increasing from a low speed to the desired speed
setting.
4. Provide intermediate supports for long stroke cylinders.
An intermediate support should be provided in order to prevent
damage to a long stroke cylinder, due to problems such as
sagging of the rod, deflection of the cylinder tube, vibration and
external load.
Be sure to read before handling. Refer to the main text for precautions for each series.
Mounting
Air Supply
1. Be certain to match the rod shaft center with the load and
direction of movement when connecting.
When not properly matched, problems may arise with the rod and
tube, and damage may be caused due to friction on areas such
as the inner tube surface, bushings, rod surface, and seals.
Caution
5. Instruction manual
Install the products and operate them only after reading the
instruction manual carefully and understanding its contents.
Also keep the manual where it can be referred to as necessary.
Air gripper
Directional control
valve
4. Do not use until you verify that the equipment can operate
properly.
After mounting, repairs, or modification, etc., connect the air
supply and electric power, and then confirm proper mounting by
means of appropriate function and leak tests.
Flow control
equipment
Caution
1. Install air filters.
Install air filters close to valves at their upstream side. A filtration
degree of 5m or less should be selected.
Filter, Pressure
control equipment
2. When using an external guide, connect the rod end and the
load in such a way that there is no interference at any point
within the stroke.
Rotary actuator
Warning
Cushion
Caution
Pressure switch
Air preparation
equipment
177
Operating Environment
Warning
1. Do not use in atmospheres or locations where corrosion
hazards exist.
Refer to the construction drawings regarding cylinder materials.
2. In locations where ultrapure water or cleaning solvent, etc.
splashes on the equipment, take suitable measures to
protect the rod.
Maintenance
Warning
1. Perform maintenance procedures as shown in the
instruction manual.
Improper handling may result in malfunction and damage of
machinery or equipment.
2. Removal of equipment, and supply / exhaust of compressed
air
Before any machinery or equipment is removed, first ensure that
the appropriate measures are in place to prevent the fall or erratic
movement of driven objects and equipment, then cut off the
electric power and release the compressed air in the system.
When machinery is restarted, proceed with caution after
confirming that appropriate measures are in place to prevent
cylinders from sudden movement.
Caution
1. Drain flushing
Remove drainage from air filters regularly.
178
V (mm/s) =
Air gripper
Clean gas filter
Directional control
valve
Flow control
equipment
Filter, Pressure
control equipment
the load may be ineffective even though the auto switch function
is normal. Therefore, the formula below should be satisfied after
confirming the minimum operating voltage of the load.
Air preparation
equipment
Warning
1. Confirm the specifications.
Read the specifications carefully and use this product
appropriately. The product may be damaged or malfunction if it is
used outside the specifications of current voltage, temperature or
impact.
Pressure switch
Design/Selection
Rotary actuator
Air cylinder
Be sure to read before handling. Refer to the main text for precautions for each series.
Load
179
Mounting/Adjustment
Warning
Warning
Wiring
Warning
1. Avoid repeatedly bending or stretching lead wires.
Broken lead wires will result from repeatedly applying bending
stress or stretching force to lead wires.
2. Be sure to connect the load before power is applied.
<2-wire type>
If the power is turned on when an auto switch is not connected to
a load, the switch will be instantly damaged because of excess
current.
3. Confirm proper insulation of wiring.
Be certain that there is no faulty wiring insulation (contact with
other circuits, ground fault, improper insulation between
terminals, etc.). Damage may occur due to excess current flow
into a switch.
4. Do not wire with power lines or high voltage lines.
Wire separately from power lines or high voltage lines, avoiding
parallel wiring or wiring in the same conduit with these lines.
Control circuits, including auto switches, may malfunction due to
180
Wiring
Be sure to read before handling. Refer to the main text for precautions for each series.
Environment
Maintenance
Rotary actuator
Air gripper
Directional control
valve
Warning
1. Please consult with SMC concerning water resistance,
elasticity of lead wires, etc.
2-wire system
Output (+)
3-wire system
Old
New
Red
Brown
Output () Black
Blue
Power supply +
Power supply +
Old
New
Red
Brown
White
Blue
Black
Orange
New
Brown
Old
Red
White
Blue
Black
Old
New
Red
Brown
White
Blue
Black
Orange
Caution
1. When stripping the cable clad, take care with the orientation
of the cable being stripped. The insulator may accidentally be
torn or damaged depending on the orientation.(D-M9 only)
Model name
Wire stripper
Strip master
Flow control
equipment
Other
Filter, Pressure
control equipment
3) Confirm that the green light on the 2-color indicator type switch
lights up.
Model no.
No 3000G
45-089
Stripper for round cable (2.0) can be used for a 2-wire type cable.
181
Air preparation
equipment
Pressure switch
Warning
Warning
Reed switch
Solid state switch
D-C7/C8
D-C73C/C80C
D-B5/B6
D-B59W
D-A3/A4
D-A3A/A44A
D-A3C/A44C
D-A7/A8
D-A7H/A80H
D-A73C/A80C
D-A79W
D-A5/A6
D-A59W
D-A9
D-A9V
D-Z7/Z8
D-H7
D-H7C
D-H7BAL
D-H7F
D-H7W
D-G5/K5
D-G5BAL
D-G59F
D-G5NTL
D-G5W/K59W
D-G39/K39
D-G39A/K39A
D-F7/J7
D-J79C
D-F7F
D-F7BAL
D-F7BAVL
D-F7V
D-F7NTL
D-F7W (V)
D-F5/J5
D-F5BAL
D-F5W/J59W
D-F5F
D-F5NTL
D-G39C/K39C
D-M9
D-M9V
D-F9W
D-F9WV
D-F9BAL
D-Y59A/Y7P/Y59B
D-Y69A/Y7PV/Y69B
D-Y7W
D-Y7WV
D-Y7BAL
D-P5WL
D-F9G/H
D-Y7G/H
D-G5NBL
D-F8
MXS
CYP
CDQSX
CDQ2X
6 to 25
15/32
12 to 25
32 to 63
CDM2X
MXQ
6 to 25
Please refer to the next page for applicable auto switches and cylinders in the fields marked with asterisks ().
182
20 to 40
MXP
6 to 16
40/63/100 MGF
MGP
12 to 63
CXS
6 to 32
CDQ2
32 to 100
CXSJ
CDQS
12 to 25
610
CDU
6 to 25
REC
CUJ
6 to 10
20 to 40
CDA2
40 to 63
CDG1
80/100
CDBM2
20 to 40
20 to 63
CDM2
Bore size
20 to 40
Cylinder series
10/16
CDJ2
Cylinder
Applicable auto switch list
Mounting brackets used for installing the compact auto switches D-A9/M9/F9 onto band mounting / tie-rod mounting /
groove mounting style cylinders are available.
Mounting
bracket
Rotary actuator
Air gripper
Reed switch
D-A9
Applicable cylinder
Directional control
valve
Flow control
equipment
Tie-rod mounting
Mounting
bracket
Applicable cylinder
10-/11-/21-/22-CDA2 Series
Groove mounting
Reed switch
D-A9/D-A9V
Air preparation
equipment
Mounting
bracket
Filter, Pressure
control equipment
Band mounting
Air cylinder
Applicable cylinder
Pressure switch
12-/13-/21-/22-MGP Series
183
Safety Instructions
These safety instructions are intended to prevent hazardous situations and/or equipment damage.
These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard with the labels of Caution, Warning or
Danger. They are all important notes for safety and must be followed in addition to International
Standards (ISO/IEC), Japan Industrial Standards (JIS)1) and other safety regulations2).
1) ISO 4414: Pneumatic fluid power General rules relating to systems.
ISO 4413: Hydraulic fluid power General rules relating to systems.
IEC 60204-1: Safety of machinery Electrical equipment of machines. (Part 1: General requirements)
ISO 10218-1992: Manipulating industrial robots -Safety.
JIS B 8370: General rules for pneumatic equipment.
JIS B 8361: General rules for hydraulic equipment.
JIS B 9960-1: Safety of machinery Electrical equipment of machines. (Part 1: General requirements)
JIS B 8433-1993: Manipulating industrial robots - Safety.
etc.
2) Labor Safety and Sanitation Law, etc.
2. Only personnel with appropriate training should operate machinery and equipment.
The product specified here may become unsafe if handled incorrectly. The assembly, operation and maintenance of machines or
equipment including our products must be performed by an operator who is appropriately trained and experienced.
3. Do not service or attempt to remove product and machinery/equipment until safety is confirmed.
1. The inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be performed after measures to prevent falling or
runaway of the driven objects have been confirmed.
2. When the product is to be removed, confirm that the safety measures as mentioned above are implemented and the power
from any appropriate source is cut, and read and understand the specific product precautions of all relevant products
carefully.
3. Before machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent unexpected operation and malfunction.
4. Contact SMC beforehand and take special consideration of safety measures if the product is to
be used in any of the following conditions.
1. Conditions and environments outside of the given specifications, or use outdoors or in a place exposed to direct sunlight.
2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railways, air navigation, space, shipping, vehicles, military,
medical treatment, combustion and recreation, or equipment in contact with food and beverages, emergency stop circuits,
clutch and brake circuits in press applications, safety equipment or other applications unsuitable for the standard
specifications described in the product catalog.
3. An application which could have negative effects on people, property, or animals requiring special safety analysis.
4. Use in an interlock circuit, which requires the provision of double interlock for possible failure by using a mechanical protective
function, and periodical checks to confirm proper operation.
Back matter 1
Safety Instructions
Caution
The product is provided for use in manufacturing industries.
The product herein described is basically provided for peaceful use in manufacturing industries.
If considering using the product in other industries, consult SMC beforehand and exchange specifications or a contract
if necessary. If anything is unclear, contact your nearest sales branch.
Compliance Requirements
When the product is exported, strictly follow the laws required by the Ministry of Economy, Trade
and Industry (Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Control Law).
Back matter 2
Air Supply
Caution
System Configuration
Refer to the "Air Preparation System" below for the quality of compressed air before configuring the system.
Main line
Sub-line
Aftercooler
(Air cooled)
Series HAA
Air tank
Series AT
Aftercooler
(Air cooled)
Series HAA
Piping
1. Provide an inclination of 1cm per meter in the direction of the air
flow to the main piping.
2. If there is a line branching from the main piping, provide an outlet of
compressed air on top using a tee so that drainage accumulated in
the piping will not flow out.
3. Provide a drainage mechanism at every recessed point or dead end
to prevent drain accumulation.
4. For future piping extensions, plug the end of the piping with a tee.
5. Before piping
Before piping, the piping should be thoroughly blown out with air
(flushed) or washed to remove chips, cutting oil and other debris
from inside the pipe.
6. Wrapping of pipe tape
When screwing piping or fittings into ports, ensure that chips from
the pipe threads or sealing material do not get inside the valve.
Also, when pipe tape is used, leave 1.5 to 2 thread ridges exposed
at the end of the threads.
Winding
direction
Ex
po
se
Pipe tape
ap
pr
ox
.2
thr
ea
Back matter 3
ds
7. If air with a low dew point (40C or less) is required, do not use
nylon tube or resin fitting (except for fluorine resin) for the outlet
side of the membrane air dryer or heatless air dryer. Nylon tubing
could be affected by the ambient air and it thus might not be
possible to achieve the prescribed low dew point at the end of the
tube. Therefore, for low dew point air, use stainless steel or fluorine
tube.
Maintenance
1. If the heatless air dryer Series ID is left unused for a long period,
the absorbent may be moistened. Prior to use, close the valve on
the outlet side of the dryer for regeneration and drying.
Caution on Design
Employ a safe design, so that the following unexpected conditions will
not occur.
Warning
1. Provide a design that prevents high-temperature compressed
air from flowing into the outlet side of the cooling equipment.
If the flow of the coolant water in a water-cooled aftercooler is
stopped or if the fan motor of an air cooled aftercooler is stopped,
the high-temperature compressed air will flow to the outlet side of
the cooling equipment, causing the equipment on the outlet side
(such as the AFF, AM, AD, or IDF series) to be damaged or to
malfunction.
2. Provide a design in which interruptions in the supply of
compressed air are taken into consideration.
Air Supply
Local line
Series AMD
IDG, IDGH
Series AMH
Refrigerated air dryer
Series IDF
Air tank
Series AT
Series
(Pressurized 0.3 m
0.01mg/m3 Little oil AME
dew point) 100 particles/ft3
(ANR)
odor
or less
10C
<For blowing>
Series ID
IDGL, IDGS
Refrigerated air dryer
Series IDU
There are cases in which compressed air cannot flow due to the
freezing of the refrigerated air dryer or a malfunction (heatless
dryer) in the switching valve.
Caution
3. Design a layout in which the leakage of the coolant water and
the dripping of condensation are taken into consideration.
A water-cooled aftercooler that uses coolant water could lead to
water leakage due to freezing. Depending on the operating
conditions, the refrigerated air dryer and its downstream pipes
could create a dripping of water droplets due to condensation
formed by supercooling.
4. Provide a design that prevents back pressure and backflow.
The generation of back pressure and backflow could lead to
No oil
odor
equipment damage.
Take appropriate safety measures, including the proper installation
methods.
5. Depending on the model and operating conditions, the life
span of air cylinders may be shortened when they are used in
an environment of super dry air (atmospheric pressure dew
point: 50C) or high-purity nitrogen gas or when such super
dry air or high-purity nitrogen gas is used as the fluid.
Please contact with SMC for further details on applicable series,
models, operating conditions and life spans.
6. Blowing system
Even a small amount of dust can be a problem for blowing
systems.
Install Clean Gas Filter Series SF to the end of the blowing line.
Back matter 4
Caution
1. Do not make the piping for the air cylinder relief port and
regulator breathing vent piping common with solenoid valve
exhaust piping.
This can cause malfunctions in the air cylinder or regulator
pressure change.
2. Arrange the piping so that the exhaust air of the solenoid
valves is exhausted outside of the clean room.
Solenoid valve
exhaust piping
Breathing
vent piping of
regulator
Handling
Caution
2. When standard pneumatic equipment is brought into a clean
room, spray high-purity air upon it and remove dust
thoroughly by wiping the external surfaces of the cylinder
tube, solenoid valves and air line equipment with alcohol.
3. To replace parts or disassemble the product in a clean room,
first exhaust the compressed air inside the piping to the
outside of the clean room before the work.
4. Do not use rotation type mounting brackets such as clevises,
trunnions, etc.. They will generate a considerable amount of
particulate matter due to the sliding friction between the metal
parts.
Warning
Caution
1. Do not use any greases but those specified by SMC.
Use of greases not specified will cause malfunctions or
particle generation.
2. Do not lubricate the products since they are of a nonlubricant
type.
As the clean series actuators are lubricated at the factory with
fluororesin grease, the product specifications may not be satisfied if
turbine oil or other such lubricants are applied.
Piston speed
Caution
The cylinder speed upper limit that retains the particle
generation grade is 400 mm/s.
Back matter 5
Caution
For the vacuum suction types (Series 11-/13-/22-),
perform vacuum suction at the vacuum port to retain the
particle generation grade.
The optimum suction flow rate varies depending on series
and sizes. Refer to "Suction flow rate of vacuum suction type
(Reference values)" for each series. (The vacuum pressure
will be approximately -27 kPa at around 1 m from the
vacuum suction port.) Please consult SMC for further details.
Location where vacuum
pressure is measured
Vacuum source
11-CJ2
11-CM2
11-CQ
-0.027
-0.028
13-MJP
-0.029
11-CU
-0.030
-0.031
11-CXS
-0.032
3
Piping length (m)
0
-0.001
-0.002
-0.003
-0.004
-0.005
-0.006
-0.007
-0.008
-0.009
-0.010
-0.011
-0.012
13-MXS16
13-MXS20
13-MXS25
3
Piping length (m)
Back matter 6
D-SZ
Printed in Japan.